Specifiers Resource Book

Transcription

Specifiers
Resource Book
Concrete Anchoring Concrete Lifting
www.ramset.com.au
WELCOME TO THE RAMSET™
SPECIFIERS RESOURCE BOOK
This concise and systematically presented book contains the information most useful to Architects,
Specifiers and Engineers when selecting the concrete anchoring solution that best suits their project.
Selection of a concrete anchoring product is made on the basis of the basic type of fixing
(male or female, bolt or stud), macro environment, (e.g. coastal or inland), micro environment
(particular chemicals) and of course the capacity that best meets the design load case.
Where the fixing is simple and does not warrant strength limit state calculations, selection on the
basis of load case is made simple and easy with working load limit tables for each concrete anchor.
Where more rigorous design and strength limit state calculation is required, the simplified
step-by-step method presented in this booklet will allow rapid selection and verification of the
appropriate concrete anchor.
The Brick and Block anchoring section gives design professionals guidance as to the behaviour
of a number of fixings suitable for use in a variety of both solid and hollow pre-manufactured
masonry units.
The capacity information presented considers the elemental nature of pre-manufactured masonry
units and advises designers as to suitable locations within the units accordingly.
With the continued growth of Precast Concrete as a construction medium, technical information is
presented here, sufficient to enable the selection of appropriate lifting hardware for precast concrete
components subject to lifting, handling and erection.
In line with current practice, the information is presented in Working Load Limit format,
consistant with capacity information presented for cranes, slings, chains, etc.
We know that you will find this book both useful and informative.
For additional information or any further enquiries, contact your local
Ramset™ engineer at the following email addresses:
Western Australia
Victoria/Tasmania
Northern Territory/South Australia
Queensland
New South Wales/A.C.T.
2
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
LEGEND OF SYMBOLS
5
2
NOTATION
6
3
3.1
3.2
DESIGN PROCESS
Simplified Design Approach
Worked Example
7
8-11
12-15
4
ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE
16-18
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
SELECTING THE RIGHT ANCHOR
Environmental Considerations
Anchor Feature Guide
Chemical Resistance
19
20-21
22-23
6
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14
ANCHORING TECHNOLOGY
Derivation of Capacity
Anchoring Principles
Base Materials
Design
Tension
Shear
Bending
Combined Loading
Anchor Groups
Assembly Torque and Preload
Long Term Preload Degradation
Slip Load and Cyclic Loading
Corrosion
Fire
24
25-28
28-29
30
31-34
35-36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
43
MECHANICAL ANCHORING
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
SpaTec™ Safety Anchors
General Information
Description and Part Numbers
Engineering Properties
Strength Limit State Design
45-46
46
46
47-52
8
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
HiShear™ 8.8 Structural Anchors
General Information
53-54
54
54
55-60
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
Boa™ Coil Expansion Anchors
General Information
61-62
62
62
63-68
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
TruBolt™ Stud Anchors
General Information
69-70
70
71
72-78
11
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchors
General Information
79-80
80
80
81-86
12
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
DynaBolt™ Sleeve Anchors
General Information
87-88
88
88
89-94
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
DynaSet™ Drop In Anchors
General Information
95-96
96
96
97-102
14
14.1
14.2
14.3
RediDrive™ Hammer In Anchors
General Information
103-104
104
104
15
15.1
15.2
ShureDrive™ Anchors
General Information
105-106
106
16
16.1
16.2
RamPlug™
General Information
107-108
108
17
17.1
17.2
EasyDrive Nylon Anchors
General Information
109-110
110
CHEMICAL ANCHORING
18.4
18.5
18.6
ChemSet™ Anchor Studs & Injection Rod
ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
General Information
ChemSet™ Injection Rod
General Information
19
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules
General Information
115-116
116
116
117-122
20
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series
General Information
123-124
124
124
125-130
18
18.1
18.2
18.3
113
113
113
114
114
114
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS cont.
21
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules
General Information
131-132
132
132
133-138
22
22.1
22.2
22.3
22.4
ChemSet™ Injection 101
General Information
139-140
140
140
141-146
CAST-IN LIFTING
BRICK AND BLOCK ANCHORING
23
TYPICAL PRE-MANUFACTURED
MASONRY UNITS
149-151
24
24.1
24.2
24.3
General Information
152-153
153
153
25
25.1
25.2
25.3
AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchors
General Information
154-155
155
155
26
26.1
26.2
26.3
DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt
General Information
156-157
157
157
27
27.1
27.2
RamPlug™
General Information
158-159
159
28
TYPICAL BOLT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
28.1 Strength Limit State Design Information
28.2 Working Load Limit Design Information
161
161
CAST-IN ANCHORING
4
29
29.1
29.2
29.3
29.4
Elephants’ Feet Ferrules
General Information
163-164
164
164
165-170
30
30.1
30.2
30.3
30.4
Round Ferrules
General Information
171-172
172
172
173-178
31
31.1
31.2
31.3
31.4
TCM Ferrules
General Information
179-180
180
180
181-186
32
32.1
32.2
32.3
32.4
32.5
32.6
32.7
LIFTING TECHNOLOGY
Important Notice
Lifting Anchors
Lifting Clutches
Substrate Suitability
References
Load Case Determination
Design Considerations
33
33.1
33.2
33.3
33.4
33.5
33.6
33.7
SYSTEMS FOR YARD CAST WALL PANELS
Applications
Installation
Anchor Types
Lifting Anchor Reinforcement Detail
Capacity Information
Specification
197
198
198
199
200
201
201
34
34.1
34.2
34.3
34.4
34.5
34.6
SYSTEMS FOR SITE CAST WALL PANELS
Applications
Installation
Anchor Types
Specification
203
203
204
204
205
205
35
35.1
35.2
35.3
35.4
35.5
35.6
35.7
SYSTEMS FOR COMPONENT PRECAST
Applications
Installation
Anchor Types
Lifting Anchor Reinforcement Detail
Specification
RESOURCE BOOK DESIGN WORKSHEET
189
190
190
191
191
192-193
194-195
207-208
209
210
211
212-217
218
219
220-221
1
1.0
LEGEND OF SYMBOLS
We have developed this set of easily recognisable icons to assist with product selection.
PERFORMANCE RELATED SYMBOLS
Indicates the suitability of product to specific types of performance related situations.
Has good resistance to cyclic and pulse
loading. Resists loosening under vibration.
Suitable for elevated temperate applications.
Structural anchor components made from steel.
Any plastic or non-ferrous parts make no contribution
to holding power under elevated temperatures.
Anchor has an effective pull-down feature,
or is a stud anchor. It has the ability to clamp
the fixture to the base material and provide
high resistance to cyclic loading.
May be used close to edges (or another
anchor) without risk of splitting the concrete.
Suitable for use in seismic design.
Temporary or removable anchor.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION SYMBOLS
Indicates the base material and surface finish to assist in selection in regard to corrosion or environmental issues.
Steel Zinc Plated to AS1791-1986.
Minimum thickness 6 micron.
Recommended for internal applications only.
AISI Grade 316 Stainless Steel, resistant to corrosive
agents including chlorides and industrial pollutants.
Recommended for internal or external applications
in marine or corrosive environments.
Steel Hot Dipped Galvanised to AS1650-1989
and AS1214-1983.
Minimum thickness 42 micron.
For external applications.
Corrosion resistant. Impact resistant.
Not recommended for direct exposure to sunlight.
INSTALLATION RELATED SYMBOLS
Indicates the suitable positioning and other installation related requirements.
Suitable for floor applications.
Chemical anchors suitable for use in dry holes.
Suitable for wall applications.
Chemical anchors suitable for use in damp holes.
Suitable for overhead applications.
Chemical anchors suitable for use in holes
filled with water.
Suitable for hollow brick/block and hollow
core concrete applications.
Suitable for use in drilled holes.
Anchor is cast into substrate by either
puddling, attaching to reinforcing or formwork.
Suitable for use in cored holes.
Anchor can be through fixed into substrate
using fixture as template.
Suitable for AAC and lightweight concrete
applications.
5
2
NOTATION
2.0
GENERAL NOTATION
a
ac
am
As
bm
db
df
dh
e
ec
em
f’c
f’cf
fu
fy
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
actual anchor spacing
(mm)
critical anchor spacing
(mm)
absolute minimum anchor spacing (mm)
stress area
(mm2)
minimum substrate thickness
(mm)
bolt diameter
(mm)
fixture hole diameter
(mm)
drilled hole diameter
(mm)
actual edge distance
(mm)
critical edge distance
(mm)
absolute minimum edge distance (mm)
concrete cylinder compressive
strength
(MPa)
= concrete flexural tensile strength (MPa)
= characteristic ultimate steel
tensile strength
(MPa)
= characteristic steel yield strength (MPa)
h
hn
g
L
Le
Lt
n
PL
PLi
Pr
t
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
anchor effective depth
(mm)
nominal effective depth
(mm)
gap or non-structural thickness
(mm)
anchor length
(mm)
anchor effective length
(mm)
thread length
(mm)
number of fixings in a group
long term, retained preload
(kN)
initial preload
(kN)
proof load
(kN)
total thickness of fastened
material(s)
(mm)
assembly torque
(Nm)
edge distance effect, tension
anchor spacing effect, tension
anchor spacing effect, end of a row,
tension
Xnai = anchor spacing effect, internal to a row,
tension
Xnc = concrete compressive strength effect,
tension
Xne = edge distance effect, tension
Xuc = characteristic ultimate capacity
Xva = anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear
Xvc = concrete compressive strength effect, shear
Xvd = load direction effect, concrete edge shear
Xvn = multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear
Xvs = corner edge shear effect, shear
Xvsc = concrete compressive strength effect,
combined concrete/steel shear
Z = section modulus
(mm3)
ß = concrete cube compressive
strength
(N/mm2)
µT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction
x = mean ultimate capacity
Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile
capacity
(kN)
Nusr = factored characteristic ultimate
steel tensile capacity
(kN)
Ru = characteristic ultimate capacity
V* = design shear action effect
(kN)
Vsf = nominal ultimate bolt shear capacity (kN)
Vu = ultimate shear capacity
(kN)
Vuc = characteristic ultimate concrete
edge shear capacity
(kN)
Vur = design ultimate shear capacity
(kN)
Vurc = design ultimate concrete edge shear
capacity
(kN)
Vus = characteristic ultimate steel shear
capacity
(kN)
Vusc = characteristic ultimate combined
concrete/steel shear capacity
(kN)
Ø = capacity reduction factor
Øc = capacity reduction factor, concrete
tension recommended as 0.6
Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending
recommended as 0.8
Øn = capacity reduction factor, steel tension
recommended as 0.8
Øq = capacity reduction factor, concrete edge
shear recommended as 0.6
Øv = capacity reduction factor, steel shear
recommended as 0.8
Na = working load limit tensile capacity
Nac = working load limit concrete tensile
capacity
Nar = factored working load limit tensile
capacity
Nas = working load limit steel tensile
capacity
Nasr = factored working load limit steel
tensile capacity
(kN)
Ra
V
Va
Var
(kN)
Vas
Tr =
Xe =
Xna =
Xnae =
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE NOTATION
M* = design bending action effect
(Nmm)
Mu = characteristic ultimate moment
capacity
(Nm)
N* = design tensile action effect
(kN)
Ntf = nominal ultimate bolt tensile capacity (kN)
Nu = characteristic ultimate tensile
capacity
(kN)
Nuc = characteristic ultimate concrete
tensile capacity
(kN)
Nucr = factored characteristic ultimate
concrete tensile capacity
(kN)
(kN)
Nur = design ultimate tensile capacity
Nurc = design ultimate concrete tensile
capacity
(kN)
PERMISSIBLE STRESS NOTATION
fs = factor of safety
fsc = factor of safety for substrate = 3.0
fss = factor of safety for steel in tension
and bending = 2.2
fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear = 2.5
M = applied moment
(Nm)
Ma = working load limit moment capacity (Nm)
N = applied tensile load
(kN)
6
(kN)
(kN)
(kN)
=
=
=
=
working load limit capacity
applied shear load
working load limit shear capacity
factored working load limit shear
capacity
= working load limit steel shear
capacity
(kN)
(kN)
(kN)
(kN)
3
3.0
DESIGN PROCESS
This information is provided for the guidance of qualified
structural engineers or other suitably skilled persons in the
design of anchors. It is the designers responsibility to ensure
compliance with the relevant standards, codes of practice,
building regulations, workplace regulations and statutes
as applicable.
This manual allows the designer to determine load
carrying capacities based on actual application and
installation conditions.
The designer must first select the anchor style/type to suit
application and environmental conditions through the use
of tables 5.1, 5.2 & 5.3 to identify the specific product
features, dimensional properties and environmental
characteristics required.
Then select an appropriate anchor size to meet the required
load case through the use of either the working load
information provided or by use of the simplified design
process described on the page opposite to arrive at
recommendations in line with strength limit state
design principles.
Ramset™ has developed this Simplified Design Approach
to achieve strength limit state design, and to allow for rapid
selection of a suitable anchor and through systematic
analysis, establish that it will meet the required design
criteria under strength limit state principles.
The necessary diagrams, tables etc. for each specific product
are included in this publication.
Ramset™ has also developed a software tool “Ramset
Anchor Design” to enable engineers to quickly select
suitable anchors for a specific set of design conditions and
output the results for project file reference.
See section 4 of this publication for further details and
an example of how to use the “Ramset Anchor Design”
software.
7
3
SIMPLIFIED DESIGN APPROACH
3.1
We have developed this design process to provide accurate
anchor performance predictions and allow appropriate design
solutions in an efficient and time saving manner.
Our experience over many years of anchor design has enabled
us to develop this process which enables accurate and quick
solutions without the need to work labourously from first
principles each time.
PRELIMINARY SELECTION
Establish the design action effects, N* and V* (Tension and
Shear) acting on each anchor being examined using the
appropriate load combinations detailed in the AS1170 series
of Australian Standards.
Refer to charts 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 in order to select an anchor
type that best meets the needs of your application.
STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN
STEP
1
Select anchor to be evaluated
Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – interaction
diagram’ for the anchor type selected, looking up N* and V*
to select the anchor size most likely to meet the design
requirements.
Note that the Interaction Diagram is for a specific concrete
compressive strength and does not consider edge distance and
anchor spacing effects, hence is a guide only and its use
should not replace a complete design process.
ACTION
Note down the anchor size selected.
Having selected an anchor size, check that the design
values for edge distance and anchor spacing comply
with the absolute minima detailed in table 1b.
If your design values do not comply, adjust the design layout.
This is an important structural dimension that will be
referred to in subsequent tables.
Typically, greater effective depths will result in greater
tensile capacities.
ACTION
Note down the anchor effective depth, h.
Note also the product part no. referenced.
Checkpoint
1
Anchor size selected ?
Absolute minima compliance achieved ?
Anchor effective depth calculated ?
Calculate the anchor effective depth as detailed in step 1c.
If the above questions are answered satisfactorily,
proceed to step 2.
8
STEP
2
Verify concrete tensile capacity - per anchor
Referring to table 2a, determine the reduced characteristic
ultimate concrete tensile capacity (ØNuc). This is the basic
capacity, uninfluenced by edge distance or anchor spacings and
is for the specific concrete compressive strength(s) noted.
For designs involving more than one anchor, consideration
must be given to the influence of anchor spacing on tensile
capacity. Use either of tables 2d or 2e to establish the anchor
spacing effect, tension, Xnae or Xnai.
ACTION
ACTION
Note down the value for ØNuc
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc
by referring to table 2b. This multiplier considers the influence
of the actual concrete compressive strength compared to that
used in table 2a above.
ACTION
STEP
3
3
Note down the value for Xnc
Note down the value of Xnae or Xnai
Checkpoint
2
Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai ) (kN)
If the concrete edge distance is close enough to the anchor
being evaluated, that anchors tensile performance may be
reduced. Use table 2c, edge distance effect, tension, Xne to
determine if the design edge distance influences the anchors
tensile capacity.
This calculation takes into consideration the influences of
concrete compressive strength, edge distance and anchor
spacing to arrive at the design reduced concrete tensile capacity.
ACTION
ACTION
Note down the value for Xne
Note down the value of ØNurc
Verify anchor tensile capacity - per anchor
Having calculated the concrete tensile capacity above (ØNurc),
consideration must now be given to other failure mechanisms.
Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile
capacity (ØNus) from table(s) 3a.
ACTION
Note down the value of ØNus
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a
separate bolt such as the range of Cast-In Ferrules and the
DynaSet™ anchor, make use of step 3b to verify the reduced
characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity (ØNtf).
Checkpoint
3
Now that we have obtained capacity information for all
tensile failure mechanisms, verify which one is controlling
the design.
Design reduced ultimate tensile capacity, ØNur
ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
if not satisfied return to step 1
This completes the tensile design process, we now look to
verify that adequate shear capacity is available.
9
3
STEP
4
Verify concrete shear capacity - per anchor
Referring to table 4a, determine the reduced characteristic
ultimate concrete edge shear capacity (ØVuc). This is the
basic capacity, uninfluenced by anchor spacings and is for
the specific edge distance and concrete compressive
strength(s) noted.
ACTION
Examples
n=3
Note down the value for ØVuc
V*TOTAL
Calculate the concrete compressive strength effect, shear, Xvc
by referring to table 4b. This multiplier considers the influence
of the actual concrete compressive strength compared to that
used in table 4a above.
ACTION
Note down the value for Xvc
n=2
The angle of incidence of the shear load acting towards an edge
is considered by the factor Xvd, load direction effect, shear.
V*TOTAL
Use table 4c to establish its value.
ACTION
Assume slotted holes to
prevent shear take up.
Note down the value for Xvd
For a row of anchors located close to an edge, the influence of
the anchor spacing on the concrete edge shear capacity is
considered by the factor Xva, anchor spacing effect, concrete
edge shear.
Note that this factor deals with a row of anchors parallel to
the edge and assumes that all anchors are loaded equally.
If designing for a single anchor, Xva = 1.0
ACTION
Note down the value for Xva
In order to distribute the concrete edge shear evenly to all
anchors within a row, calculate the multiple anchors effect,
concrete edge shear, Xvn.
n=2
V*TOTAL
Note: Consider capacity of two anchors in row
closest to edge only,
ie. anchor load = V*TOTAL/2 to each anchor.
ACTION
Note down the value for Xvn
Checkpoint
4
If designing for a single anchor, Xvn = 1.0
Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc
ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn (kN)
This calculation takes into consideration the influences of
concrete compressive strength, edge distance and anchor
spacing to arrive at the design reduced concrete shear capacity.
For a design involving two or more anchors in a row parallel
to an edge, this value is the average capacity of each anchor
assuming each is loaded equally.
ACTION
10
Note down the value of ØVurc
STEP
5
3
Verify anchor shear capacity - per anchor
Having calculated the concrete shear capacity above (ØVurc),
consideration must now be given to other failure mechanisms.
Checkpoint
Calculate the reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear
capacity (ØVus) from table(s) 5a.
Design reduced shear capacity, ØVur
ACTION
5
Note down the value for ØVus
For internally threaded anchoring products that utilise a
separate bolt such as the range of Cast-In Ferrules and the
DynaSet™ anchor, make use of step 5b to verify the reduced
characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity (ØVsf).
Now that we have obtained capacity information for all
shear failure mechanisms, verify which one is controlling
the design.
ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
This completes the shear design process, we now look to verify
that adequate combined capacity is available for load cases
having both shear and tensile components.
STEP
6
Combined loading and specification
For load cases having both tensile and shear components,
verify that the relationship represented here is satisfied.
Checkpoint
6
Check
N*/ØNur + V*/ØVur ≤ 1.2,
Specify the product to be used
as detailed.
11
3
3.2
Worked Example
WORKED EXAMPLE
Verify capacity of the anchors detailed below:
Given data:
Concrete compressive strength
f’c
50 MPa
Design tensile action effect
N*TOTAL
80 kN
Design shear action effect
V*TOTAL
180 kN
Edge distance
e
250 mm
Anchor spacing
a
150 mm
Fixture plate + grout thickness
t
42 mm
No. of anchors in shear
n
4
In this case, equal load distribution is considered
appropriate hence,
Design tensile action effect (per anchor)
N*
20 kN
Design shear action effect (per anchor)
V*
45 kN
From the information presented in tables 5.1 – 5.3, it
is established that SpaTec™ anchors will be suitable
for selection.
Having completed the preliminary selection component of the
design process, commence the Strength Limit State Design
process.
12
A
150
B
150
C
D
250
V*TOTAL
α = 30°
As the design process considers design action effects
PER anchor, distribute the total load case to each anchor
as is deemed appropriate.
Given that each of the ‘interior’ anchors is influenced by two
adjacent anchors, verify capacity for anchor ‘B’ in this case.
150
Worked Example
STEP
1
Refer to table 1a, ‘Indicative combined loading – interaction
diagram’ on page 45. Applying both the N* value and V* value
to the interaction, it can be seen that the intersection of the
two values falls within the M16 “band”.
ACTION
M16 anchor size selected.
The effective depth, h, is calculated by making reference to
the ‘Description and Part Numbers’ table on page 44 and
calculating effective depth, h = Le - t. Two options are available
for the M16 SpaTec™. Given that the fixture thickness value ‘t’
is quite large, select the longer of the two M16 SpaTec™
anchors available.
Confirm that absolute minima requirements are met.
Hence,
h = 150 - 42
= 108 mm
From table 1b (page 45) for SpaTec™, it is required that
edge distance, e > 170 mm. and that anchor spacing,
a > 120 mm.
ACTION
h = 108
Anchor selected is SA16167
The design values of e = 250 mm and a = 150 mm comply
with these minima, hence continue to step 1c.
Checkpoint
1
Anchor size selected ?
M16
Absolute minima
compliance achieved ?
Yes
Anchor effective
depth calculated ?
STEP
2
3
h = 108 mm with SA16167
Referring to table 2a, consider the value obtained for an
M16 anchor at h = 110 mm (closest to our design value
of h = 108 mm).
ACTION
ØNuc = 54.6 kN
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc
value from table 2b.
ACTION
Xnc = 1.25
As we are considering anchor ‘B’ for this example, use
table 2e on page 47 to verify the anchor spacing effect,
internal to a row, tension, Xnai value. If we were inspecting
anchors ‘A’ or ‘D’ we would use table 2d for anchors at the
end of a row.
ACTION
Xnai = 0.45
Checkpoint
2
Verify the edge distanced effect, tension, Xne value from
table 2c.
Design reduced concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ACTION
Xne = 1.00 (no effect)
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * Xnai
= 54.6 * 1.25 * 1.00 * 0.45
= 30.7 kN
ACTION
(kN)
ØNurc = 30.7 kN
13
3
STEP
Worked Example
3
From table 3a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate steel
tensile capacity, ØNus.
Checkpoint
For an M16 SpaTec™, ØNus = 100.5 kN.
ACTION
3
ØNur = minimum of ØNurc, ØNus
ØNus = 100.5 kN
In this case ØNur = 30.7 kN
(governed by concrete capacity).
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
20 / 30.7 = 0.65 ≤ 1
Tensile design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 4.
STEP
4
Referring to table 4a, consider the value obtained for an M16
anchor at e = 250 mm.
ACTION
In order to distribute the shear load evenly to all anchors in
the group, the multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn
value is retrieved from table 4e.
ØVuc = 80.2 kN
The ratio of (a / e) for this design case is 150 / 250 = 0.6.
Verify the concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xvc
value from table 4b.
ACTION
ACTION
Xvn = 0.69
Xvc = 1.25
Checkpoint
Verify the load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
value using table 4c.
ACTION
Xvd = 1.32 for angle of 30 degrees to normal.
Verify the anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva
value using table 4d.
ACTION
Design reduced concrete shear capacity, ØVurc
ØVurc
5
= ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn
= 80.2 * 1.25 * 1.32 * 0.62 * 0.69
= 56.6 kN
Xva = 0.62
ACTION
STEP
4
ØVurc = 56.6 kN
From table 5a, verify the reduced characteristic ultimate
steel shear capacity, ØVus.
The shear capacity available from the SpaTec™ anchor is
subject to its effective depth, h value. As was noted earlier
h = 108 mm for this example, hence,
Checkpoint
5
ØVur = minimum of ØVurc, ØVus
for an M16 SpaTec™ at h = 108 mm, ØVus = 104.5 kN
In this case ØVur = 56.6 kN
(governed by concrete capacity).
ACTION
Check V*
ØVus = 104.5 kN
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
45 / 56.6 = 0.80 ≤ 1
Shear design criteria satisfied, proceed to Step 6.
14
(kN)
Worked Example
STEP
6
3
Checkpoint
6
Check that the combined loading relationship
is satisfied:
20 / 30.7 + 45 / 56.6 = 1.44 > 1.2
Combined loading criteria FAILED.
Re-consider the design using the adjusted values with anchor
spacing, “a” set at 200 mm.
ØNuc
Xnc
Xne
Xnai
=
=
=
=
54.6 kN
1.25
1.00
0.61
Hence ØNurc = 41.6 kN (at a = 200 mm).
Reviewing the design process, examine the critical factors
influencing the overall anchor capacity.
For tension (governed by concrete failure),
ØNuc
Xnc
Xne
Xnai
=
=
=
=
54.6 kN
1.25
1.00
0.45
It can be seen from the above values that whilst the concrete
compressive strength effect, Xnc improves the design ultimate
tensile capacity, the anchor spacing effect, Xnai significantly
reduces design ultimate tensile capacity.
ØVuc
Xvc
Xvd
Xva
Xvn
=
=
=
=
=
80.2 kN
1.25
1.32
0.66
0.74 (at a = 200 mm, hence a / e = 0.8)
Hence ØVurc = 64.6 kN (at a = 200 mm).
Now,
20 / 41.6 + 45 / 64.6 = 1.17 < 1.2
Combined loading criteria PASSES.
Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value
of Xnai.
For shear (governed by concrete failure),
ØVuc
Xvc
Xvd
Xva
Xvn
=
=
=
=
=
80.2 kN
1.25
1.32
0.62
0.69
Specify
™
Ramset SpaTec™ Anchor,
M16 (SA16167).
Maximum fixed thickness to be 42 mm.
To be installed in accordance with
Ramset Technical Data Sheet
™
Again, the concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc improves
the design ultimate shear capacity. Anchor spacing effect, Xva
reduces the design ultimate shear capacity.
Possible solution: Increase anchor spacing to raise the value
of Xva.
Note that increasing the anchor spacing for this design will
improve Xnai, Xva and Xvn.
15
4
ANCHOR DESIGN SOFTWARE
4.1
4.1.1 RAMSET™ ANCHOR DESIGN
SOFTWARE v1.3
4.1.2 USE OF THE RAMSET™ DESIGN
SOFTWARE
Ramset™ Anchor Design Software is provided to assist in the
choice of a suitable fastener which meets a specific set of
design inputs and is intended for use by suitably qualified
design professionals.
Having installed and run the program proceed to the toolbar at
the top of the screen and select the "New" button, this will
bring you to the first of four input screens.
Project/Customer Details
The program attempts to acquire the minimum data needed to
fully specify the anchoring problem,
~ substrate details
~ adverse environments
~ interfering edges and anchors
~ load case information
On the first screen (Fig. 1) enter Project/Customer Details.
These are simply details that will help identify the project you
are designing and will form part of the printed output that can
be stored as part of the project documentation.
and to offer a range of anchors which meet the requirement.
Additional information prompts with defaults, ensuring it has
been considered. Once a selection has been made all inputs,
calculated values and installation details are available as output.
The Ramset™ Anchor Design Software is ideal for considering
complex anchor layouts and grouped anchor configurations.
Note that the calculations being performed relate to the single
fastener currently at the reference location. The software
provides a calculation of the viability of THAT anchor and
assumes that all other anchors:
~ are the same type
~ have the same installation conditions,
~ are subject to the same force.
On completion of these details, the "Next" button located on
the bottom of the screen will move you onto the second input
screen.
For multiple anchor connections, the design professional must
therefore distribute the applied load case(s) to each anchor in
the group and evaluate each anchor separately.
Material Details
This approach allows the designer flexibility in distributing
loads to anchors so as to optimise the connection detail
without the constraints of a software imposed distribution
method.
The software will check that the substrate thickness is
adequate for allowing anchor capacity to be generated. The
Structural Engineer should check the substrates sectional
capacity for resisting the applied load.
By default the software will select from a wide range of
fasteners types that suit the design parameters of the specific
anchor.
16
Fig. 1
On the second screen (Fig. 2) enter the Material Details.
These refer directly to the substrate properties of the project
you are designing.
Fields which must be completed are;
~ Fixture and Non Structural Space Thickness
This refers to the thickness of the fixture and the non
structural gap which is any non structural material
(e.g. plaster, grout, packer, foam) in between the substrate
and the fixture.
~ Structural Depth and Compressive Strength
This refers to the substrate thickness and its compressive
strength. Note that the program assumes the substrate is a
solid homogeneous material with a particular compressive
strength. Therefore it cannot design hollow block fixings,
however core-filled blockwork can be analysed using an
equivalent compressive strength value.
Anchor Design Software
Fields which may be completed to help define the anchor
selection criteria are:
4
The screen should then be similar to the following.
(Note if these fields are left blank then the program will
consider all possible anchors in the range that would be
suitable for the design conditions you impose.)
~ Fastener Environment
These boxes can be "ticked" if there is a particular attribute
the anchor must exhibit. e.g. Selecting the "Corrosive"
attribute will ensure only galvanised and stainless steel
fixings are considered and eliminate zinc plated anchors.
~ Anchor for Consideration
You can individually select specific anchor types to be
considered in the design, and eliminate any that you do not
wish to be evaluated.
Fig. 3
You will notice from the above diagram the fastener in the
cross hairs is the reference fastener location upon which all
calculations are made. You are able to change the fastener to
one of the other anchors - details on how to do this can be
found by selecting the "Help" button.
The "Concrete Compaction Factor" represents the quality of
the concrete. For well vibrated and compacted concrete, this
value should be set at 1.0. For poorly finished or unsupervised
edge concrete, set the value at 1.5.
On Completion of all details, the "Next" button moves you
onto the final input screen, or alternatively select "Previous"
to make any changes to the second input screen.
Fig. 2
On completion of the details, the "Next" button will move you
onto the third input screen, or alternatively hit "Previous" to
make any changes to the first input screen.
Layout of Dimensional Considerations.
On the third screen (Fig. 3) enter the layout of edges and
other fasteners which may affect the design.
These are details on the anchor layout, which enable any loss
in capacity due to being close to an edge or a neighbouring
fastener, of the particular connection you are designing to be
taken into account.
Select the "Layout" button.
Select your anchor group configuration, e.g. for a 2 x 2 anchor
layout select the "four" line. Now fill out all the applicable edge
distances and spacings. Note that you do not have to enter in
all the edges if the anchors are located internally within a slab
or panel. Once you are satisfied with the layout, select the
"Finish" button.
Limit State or Working Load Design
The fourth screen (Fig. 4) requires you to enter either the
Limit State or Working Load Design Loads - applied load
on the single anchor position selected. This refers to the
loads applied on the anchor in question, and can either be
entered in as a Limit State Load or a Working Load.
To design in Limit State, select the "Change to Limit State
Design" button. You can then adjust the reduction factors
as required.
Finally input the applied loads on the anchor you are designing,
remembering that this load is applied to the single anchor
position only.
You will note that the Shear force is split into "Y" and "Z" axis
components. Entering a +ve load in the "Y" box will mean it
will be directed toward the top of the screen, if you wish to
direct the load in the opposite direction simply input the value
as a -ve load. Likewise for the "Z" axis.
17
4
Anchor Design Software
Fig. 4
On completion, the "Finish" button will commence the
computation of all the possible solutions for the parameters
you have entered. The possible solutions will be displayed in
the "Possible Acceptable Anchors" dialogue box.
It is important to note that if the input design parameters
were incomplete or no possible solutions could be found,
the program will advise as to the reasons why,
(e.g. anchors too close to edge). You are then able to
adjust the design as detailed, using the design input icons
on the summary output screen (Fig. 6).
Fig. 6
The icons in the top right hand corner of the screen enable you
to navigate through the completed design.
The first four from the left are actually the four design input
screens you have just completed.
The fifth icon (calculator icon) allows you to recalculate for
possible solutions in case you make any amendments or would
like to select a different anchor.
The next icon (printer icon) allows you to print a summary of
the design, which will show the project description, anchor
layout, design inputs and outputs. More detailed printouts are
available if you go to "File" then "Print..." then select the
printout you would like.
The next icon (disk icon) allows you to save the design for
future reference and can be retrieved at a later date.
For a copy of our latest Design Software, contact your local
specialist Ramset™ Sales Engineer (details on inside front
cover) for a demonstration.
Fig. 5
You will notice on the above screen that the anchors are listed
in order of capacity utilised and also display a relative cost,
which is an index cost allowing you to compare the
approximate installed cost of the various types of suitable
anchors.
Select your preferred anchor via the "Select" button and the
screen will then show the design output screen. This screen
shows you the Design Inputs, parameters which you have
entered and computed Design Outputs which includes
capacities, governing factors and installation dimensions. If you
would like to see the detailed calculations, then select the
relevant tabs, i.e. Design, Layout, Cross Section and Installation.
18
5
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
5.1
ANCHOR
SpaTec
HiShear
8.8
Boa Coil
TruBolt AnkaScrew DynaBolt DynaSet RediDrive ShureDrive RamPlug EasyDrive ChemSet ChemSet ChemSet ChemSet
Nylon
Spin 800 Series Hammer
101
Coastal Environment
External
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS)
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Coastal Environment
Internal
✓(Gal)
✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
Inland Environment
External
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
Inland Environment
Internal
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
✓(Gal)
✓(SS)
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
Tropical Environment
External
Tropical Environment
Internal
✓(Gal)
Alpine Environment
External
Alpine Environment
Internal
✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
✓(SS)
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓
✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn) ✓(Zn)
Industrial Enviro.
External
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS)
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Industrial Enviro.
Internal
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS)
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Internal Wet Areas
✓(Gal)
✓(Gal) ✓(Gal)
✓(SS)
Dry Hole
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Damp Hole
✓(Gal)
✓(Gal) ✓(SS)
Water Filled Hole
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS)
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Submerged Hole
After Set
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS)
✓(SS)
✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS) ✓(SS)
Fire Resistant
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Solid Concrete
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
●
✓
●
●
✓
●
●
✓
●
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Hollow Block
(Web)
Hollow Block
(Cavity)
✓
✓
✓
Solid Clay Brick
✓
✓
✓
Wire Cut Clay Brick
✓
✓
✓
* With accessories.
✓
✓
✓
LEGEND
✓*
✓
✓ = Recommended
✓
✓
✓
✓*
● = Possible
19
5
ANCHOR FEATURE GUIDE
5.2
The following chart provides a quick guide for selecting the
appropriate Ramset™ Concrete Anchor to suit your needs.
Please refer to page 5 for the Legend of Symbols for a detailed
explanation of the symbols used.
PRODUCT
PERFORMANCE RELATED
SpaTec™ Safety Anchor
HiShear 8.8 Anchor
™
Boa™ Coil Anchor
TruBolt™ Anchor
AnkaScrew Screw In Anchor
™
DynaBolt™ Anchor
DynaBolt Anchor Hex Bolt
™
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
DynaSet™ Drop In Anchor
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
ShureDrive Anchor
™
RamPlug™ Nylon Anchor
EasyDrive Nylon Anchor
™
ChemSet Maxima Capsule & Stud
™
ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series Mortar & Stud
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule & Stud
ChemSet™ Injection 101 Series Mortar & Stud
Ferrules – Elephants Feet
Ferrules – Round
Ferrules – TCM Stainless Steel
20
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
RediDrive™ Anchor
™
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
5
PRODUCT
INSTALLATION RELATED
SpaTec™ Safety Anchor
HiShear 8.8 Anchor
™
Boa™ Coil Anchor
TruBolt™ Anchor
AnkaScrew Screw In Anchor
™
DynaBolt™ Anchor
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
DynaBolt Anchor Hex Bolt
™
DynaSet Drop In Anchor
™
RediDrive™ Anchor
ShureDrive Anchor
™
RamPlug™ Nylon Anchor
™
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Capsule & Stud
ChemSet™ Inj. 800 Series Mortar & Stud
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule & Stud
ChemSet™ Inj. 101 Series Mortar & Stud
Ferrules – Elephants Feet
Ferrules – Round
Ferrules – TCM Stainless Steel
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
LEGEND
✓ = Recommended
21
5
5.3
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Resistance of anchors exposed to:
ENVIRONMENT
Acetic Acid
Acetic Acid
Acetic Acid
Acetone
Acetone
Ammonia (aq)
Ammonia Gas
Aniline
Battery (Accumulator) Acid
Beer
Benzene
Benzol
Boric Acid (aq)
Bromine
Butanol
Calcium Carbonate
Calcium Chloride (aq)
Calcium Hydroxide (aq)
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Tetrachloride
Carbon Tetrachloride
Cement Suspension
Citric Acid
Citric Acid
Common Salt Solution
Copper Nitrate
Copper Sulphate
Diesel Fuel
Distilled Water
Engine Oil
Ethanol
Ethanol
Ethanol
Ethyl Acetate
Formaldehyde (aq)
Formic Acid
Formic Acid
Formic Acid
Fuel Oil
Freon
Gasoline
Glycerine
Ethylene Glycol
Heptane
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrogen Fluoride
Hydrogen Peroxide
Hydrogen Peroxide
Iodine
Isopropyl Alcohol
Lactic Acid
Lactic Acid
Concentrate % Hammer Caps Spin Capsule
10
✓
–
30
✓
–
Concentrate
✓
–
25
✗
✗
100
✗
✗
Concentrate
✗
–
–
–
✓
100
✗
✗
–
✓
–
–
✓
✓
–
✗
✗
✗
–
✓
–
Any
–
–
100
–
–
All
✓
–
Any
✓
–
–
✓
–
100
–
✓
100
–
✓
10
–
–
Concentrate
✗
–
Saturated
–
✓
15
✓
✓
Any
✓
–
Any
✓
–
Any
–
–
Any
–
–
100
✓
–
✓
–
100
–
–
10
–
✓
40
–
✗
50
✗
✗
100
–
✗
30
✓
–
10
✓
–
40
✓
–
100
✓
–
–
✓
–
–
✓
–
–
–
–
–
✓
–
100
✓
✓
100
–
✗
1
✗
–
10
✗
–
20
✗
–
Concentrate
✗
–
20
–
✓
10
–
✗
30
–
✗
100
–
–
100
✓
–
10
✓
–
Any
✓
–
aq = aqueous solution (diluted)
% = % by weight
22
100 Series
✓
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
✓
✓
–
–
–
–
✓
–
✓
✓
–
–
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✗
✗
–
–
✓
✓
✗
✗
–
–
✓
–
✓
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
✗
✗
–
–
✓
✓
LEGEND
800 Series
✓
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
✓
✓
–
–
–
–
✓
–
✓
✓
–
–
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
–
✓
–
✓
–
✓
✓
✓
✗
–
✗
✗
–
–
✓
✓
SS Fixings
✓
✓
–
–
–
✓
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓ = Resistant
Gal
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
✗
–
–
✗
✗
–
–
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
✗
✗
Zinc
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
✗
–
–
✗
✗
–
–
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
✗
✗
✗ = Not Resistant
5
ENVIRONMENT
Laitance
Linseed Oil
Machine Oil
Magnesium Chloride
Methanol
Methanol
Motor Oil
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid
Oleic Acid
Perchlorethylene
Petrol
Petroleum
Phenol
Phenol
Phosphoric Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Phosphoric Acid
Potassium Carbonate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Nitrate
Rain Water
River Water
Sea Water
Sewerage
Soap Water
Sodium Carbonate (aq)
Sodium Chloride (aq)
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Silicate
Sulphuric Acid
Sulphuric Acid
Sulphuric Acid
Sulphuric Acid
Sulphuric Acid
Swimming Pool Water
Tannic Acid
Tap Water
Tataric Acid
Tetrochloroethylene
Toluene
Trichloroethylene
Turpentine
Washing Powder
Xylene
Concentrate % Hammer Caps Spin Capsule
–
✓
–
100
✓
–
100
–
–
All
✓
–
10
–
✓
100
✗
✗
100
✗
✗
10
✗
✓
20
✗
✓
30
✗
✗
50
✗
✗
Concentrate
✗
✗
100
✓
–
100
✗
✗
100
–
–
100
–
–
1
✓
–
100
✗
✗
10
✓
✓
20
–
–
30
–
–
Concentrate
✗
✗
Any
✓
–
All
✓
–
10
✓
✓
40
✓
✓
Any
✓
–
100
✓
✓
–
✓
✓
–
✓
✓
–
–
–
Any
✓
✓
Any
✓
✓
Any
✓
✓
10
✓
–
20
✓
–
40
✓
–
50
✗
–
Any
✓
–
Any
✓
–
1
✓
✓
10
✓
✓
20
✓
✓
30
✓
✓
Concentrate
✗
✗
Any
✗
✗
10
–
–
–
✓
✓
Any
✓
–
100
✓
–
100
✗
✗
100
✗
–
–
✓
–
100
–
✓
100
✗
✗
aq = aqueous solution (diluted)
% = % by weight
100 Series
–
–
✓
–
✗
✗
–
✓
–
✗
✗
✗
–
–
✓
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
✗
✗
–
✓
–
–
✗
–
✓
–
✗
LEGEND
800 Series
–
–
✓
–
✓
✗
–
✓
–
✗
✗
✗
–
–
✓
✓
–
–
✓
✓
✓
–
–
–
–
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
✗
✗
–
✓
–
–
✗
–
✓
–
✗
SS Fixings
✓
✓
✓
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
–
–
–
–
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
–
–
–
–
–
✓
✓
✗
✗
✗
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ = Resistant
Gal
✗
✗
–
–
✗
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
–
✓
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✓
✗
–
–
–
–
✗
–
Zinc
✗
✗
–
–
✗
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
–
–
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
✗
–
–
–
–
✗
–
✗ = Not Resistant
23
6
ANCHORING
TECHNOLOGY
DERIVATION OF CAPACITY
6.1
Internationally, design standards are becoming more
probabilistic in nature and require sound Engineering
assessment of both load case information and component
capacity data to ensure safety as well as economy.
From this value, and dependent on local design requirements,
the design professional may then undertake either a strength
limit state or working load design assessment of the
application at hand, confident that they are working with
state of the art capacity information.
From a series of controlled performance tests, under
test conditions Ultimate Failure Loads are established
for a product.
Obviously, the value obtained in each test will vary
slightly, and after obtaining a sufficient quantity of test
samples, the Ultimate Failure Loads are able to be plotted
on a chart.
Quantity of test results
Published capacity data for Ramset™ Fasteners anchoring
products are derived from Characteristic Ultimate
Capacities.
Test values will typically centre about a mean value.
Once the mean Failure Load is established, a statistically
sound derivation is carried out to establish the
Characteristic Ultimate Capacity which allows for the
variance in results as well as mean values.
The Characteristic Value chosen is that which ensures
that a 90% confidence is obtained that 95% of all test
results will fall above this value.
24
Xuc
x
Tested ultimate load
x = Mean Ultimate Capacity
Xuc = Characteristic Ultimate Capacity
6
Anchoring Technology
6.2
ANCHORING PRINCIPLES
6.2.1 GENERAL
6.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS
Ramset™ anchors are high quality, precision made fastenings
secured with either a torque induced setting action, a
displacement induced setting action, a chemical bonding action,
or are cast into the plastic concrete.
SpaTec™, TruBolt™, and DynaBolt™ anchors are inserted
through the hole in the fixture, into a hole drilled into the
concrete, and are set by the application of assembly torque to
the nut or bolt head.
Resistance to tensile loads is provided by mechanisms which
depend upon the type of anchor, and its method of setting.
Information on the elements that comprise the resistance
mechanisms is given separately for each type of anchor.
The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer
diameter of the anchor. When torque is applied to the bolt head
or nut of the anchor, the cone is drawn up into the sleeve to
expand its effective diameter. The wedge action of the cone nut
in the sleeve increases with increasing torque. The reaction of
the concrete against the expanded sleeve of the anchor creates
a high friction force between the anchor and the wall of the
drilled hole. The body of the concrete contains and restricts the
expansion forces. The application of assembly torque produces
a preload between the fixture and the concrete.
Generally, shear load resistance mechanisms are more uniform
amongst anchors, and comprise these elements:
~ the bolt or stud, and in some cases, the steel spacer
of the anchor.
~ the ability of the anchor to resist the bending moment
induced by the shear force.
~ the compressive strength of the concrete.
~ the shear and tensile strength of the concrete at the surface
of the potential concrete failure wedge.
When loaded to failure in concrete shear, an anchor
located near an edge breaks a triangular wedge away from
the concrete.
Anchor
e
Drilled hole
Load
Concrete Wedge
CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE
TORQUE SETTING ACTION
SpaTec™, TruBolt™ & DynaBolt™ Anchors
If increasing load were to be applied to the fixture, preload
would reduce and finally be removed. At this point, the steel
cone would begin to be drawn further into the expansion
sleeve. When loaded to failure in concrete tension, the failure
mode of a correctly installed anchor is characterised by the
formation of a concrete cone, the apex of which is located at
the effective depth of the anchor.
Alternatively, if the tensile capacity of the steel is exceeded,
the anchor will break.
continued over
25
6
6.2.2 TORQUE SETTING ANCHORS cont.
6.2.3 ROTATION SETTING ANCHORS
Effective depth is the effective length, Le of the anchor less the
fixture thickness, t.
The Boa™ Coil anchor is set by driving the anchor into the hole
with a hammer up to the “depth set” mark and then, using a
spanner or wrench, rotating the bolt through the coil, thereby
setting the anchor.
h
=
Le - t
Note that for the purpose of calculating “h”, the fixture
thickness “t” should include the thickness of non structural
grout, packing, etc.
The diameter of the drilled hole is a similar size to that of
the anchor.
Resistance to tensile load is provided by the two (2)
components which make up the Boa™ Coil anchor, the “bolt”
and the “coil”.
t
h
The reaction of the concrete against the expanded anchor
creates a high friction force and an undercut forms between
the anchor and the hole wall. The body of the concrete
contains and restricts the expansion forces. The action of
tightening the anchor bolt against the fixture produces a
preload between the fixture and the concrete.
Le
As the applied tensile load increases, a commensurate
decrease in preload occurs, until at some point after all preload
has been removed, first slip occurs.
Concrete is locally crushed around the coil as it beds in further,
accompanied by an increase in load capacity.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by these elements:
~ the anchor bolt or stud.
~ the wedge action of the steel cone in the sleeve.
~ friction between the expanded sleeve and the
drilled hole.
~ shear and tension at the surface of the potential
concrete cone.
Applied tensile load
Anchor
CONCRETE CONE FAILURE MODE
26
When failure occurs in the concrete the mode of failure is a
broaching effect whereby load is still being held until the
applied load is equivalent to the shear and tensile capacity of
the concrete, at this point a cone of failure occurs. There is
little or no damage done to the anchor bolt, but the Boa™ Coil
is destroyed, and must be replaced if the anchor bolt is to be
re-used.
6
6.2.4 DISPLACEMENT SETTING ANCHORS
6.2.5 CHEMICAL ANCHORS
DynaSet™ anchors are inserted into a drilled hole, and set
by the displacement of the expander plug.
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules, ChemSet™ Hammer
Capsules, ChemSet™ Injection Systems anchors are set in a
drilled hole by the hardening of the chemical mortar.
Setting tool
CHEMICAL ANCHORING
DISPLACEMENT SETTING DYNASET™ ANCHORS
The diameter of the drilled hole is slightly larger than the outer
diameter of the anchor. When the expander plug is fully driven
home (displaced), it expands the lower portion of the anchor
body, to increase its effective diameter. Because the anchor is
expanded by a series of blows to a setting punch, a certain
amount of shock loading is imparted to the concrete
immediately adjacent. The reaction of the concrete against
the expanded body of the anchor creates a high friction force
between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole. The body
of the concrete contains and restricts the expansion forces.
A bolt is subsequently screwed into the anchor.
The mode of failure in concrete tension is characterised by the
formation of a shear cone, the apex of which is located at the
effective depth of the anchor.
The mortar penetrates the pores and irregularities of the base
material and forms a key around the threads of the stud. The
cured mortar becomes a hard, strong material that transfers
load to the base material via mechanical and adhesive bonds
with the surface of the drilled hole.
When tested to failure, a shallow concrete cone may form at
the top of the anchor. This cone does not necessarily contribute
to the tensile strength of the anchor, but simply registers the
depth at which the concrete cone strength happens to equate
to the cumulative bond strength of the adhesive to the sides of
the hole. For a given concrete strength, the stronger the
adhesive bond, the deeper the cone.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by:
~ the stud.
~ bond between the stud and the mortar shear in the mortar
bond between the mortar and the concrete.
~ shear and tension in the concrete.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by the following elements:
~ the bolt.
~ the steel annulus of the anchor.
~ friction between the expanded anchor and the
drilled hole.
concrete cone.
Anchor
Applied tensile load
Concrete cone
Adhesive
covered stud
CONCRETE BOND FAILURE MODE
27
6
6.2.6 CAST-IN ANCHORS
Prior to pouring the concrete, Ramset™ Ferrules are placed in the
form and typically fixed to it or to the reinforcement mesh. They
are retained in the hardened concrete by either the enlargement
on the base of the anchor, or by a bar located in the cross-hole.
The mode of failure in concrete tension, is characterised by the
formation of a concrete cone, the apex of which is located at the
effective depth of the anchor.
Applied tensile loads are resisted by:
ELEPHANTS' FEET, ROUND & TCM FERRULES
~ the bolt screwed into the insert.
~ the steel annulus of the insert.
~ steel capacity at the reduced section (cross-hole).
~ shear strength in the base enlargement, or the cross-bar.
concrete cone.
6.3
BASE MATERIALS
6.3.1 SUITABILITY
Ramset™ anchors can be used in plain or in reinforced concrete.
It is recommended that the cutting of reinforcement be avoided.
The specified characteristic compressive strength "f’c" will not
automatically be appropriate at the particular location of the
anchor. The designer should assess the strength of the concrete
at the location of the anchor making due allowance for degree of
compaction, age of the concrete, and curing conditions.
Particular care should be taken in assessing strength near edges
and corners, because of the increased risk of poor compaction
and curing. Where the anchor is to be placed effectively in the
cover zone of closely spaced reinforcement, the designer should
take account of the risk of separation under load of the cover
concrete from the reinforcement.
Concrete strength "f’c" determined by standard cylinders, is
used directly in the equations. Where strength is expressed in
concrete cubes, a conversion is given in the following table:
Cube Strength β (N/mm2)
20
30
40
50
60
Cylinder Strength f’c (MPa)
15
24
33
42
51
The design engineer is responsible for the
overall design and dimensioning of the
structural element to resist the service loads
applied to it by the anchor.
28
Where structural base materials are covered with a
non-structural material such as plaster or render, anchors
should be embedded to the design depth in the structural base
material. Allowance must be made for the thickness of the
non-structural material when considering the application of
shear loads, and in determining the moment arm of applied
bending moments.
In hollow block masonry, where the cores are filled with
concrete grout, Ramset™ anchors may be designed and specified
similarly as in concrete, provided the designer assesses the
effective strength of the masonry including the joints.
However, it is not advisable to use certain heavy duty anchors
in unfilled hollow masonry units (either bricks or blocks).
These heavy duty anchors include all SpaTec™, TruBolt™ and
ChemSet™ capsule anchors, and DynaBolt™, Boa™ Coil anchor,
DynaSet™, and Chemical Injection anchors greater than M12 in
diameter. In any case the designer should assess the effective
strength of the masonry including the joints, and determine
how the loading is to be transferred to the masonry structure.
Load tests should be conducted on site to assist in assessing
masonry strength.
Ramset™ heavy and medium duty anchors are not
recommended for low strength base materials such as
autoclaved aerated concrete, except for ChemSet™ Injection
System studs up to M12.
6
6.3.2 ABSOLUTE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
Spacings, edge distances, and concrete thicknesses are limited
to absolute minima, in order to avoid risks of splitting or
spalling of the concrete during the setting of Ramset™ torque
and displacement setting expansion anchors. Absolute minima
for stress-free anchorages such as chemical and cast-in anchors
are defined on the basis of notional limits, which take account
of the practicalities of anchor placement.
The concrete thickness minima given below, does not include
concrete cover requirements, and are not a guide to the
structural dimensions of the element. It is the responsibility
of the design engineer to proportion and reinforce the
structural element to carry the loads and moments applied to
it by the anchorage, and to ensure that the appropriate cover
is obtained.
Absolute minimum spacing "am" and absolute minimum edge
distance "em", define prohibited zones where no anchor should
be placed. The prohibited spacing zone around an anchor has a
radius equal to the absolute minimum spacing. The prohibited
zone at an edge has a width equal to the absolute minimum
edge distance.
In order to avoid ‘breakthrough’ during drilling of the hole into
which anchors will be installed, maintain a cover value to the
base of the hole equal to 2x the drilled hole diameter, dh. ie. for
a hole of 20 mm diameter allow 40 mm cover to the rear face
of the substrate component.
Free zone
am
Prohibited
zone
Where an anchor is installed at the absolute minimum edge
distance "em", concrete thickness is at a maximum of 2 * h.
(Effective depth "h", is measured from the concrete surface to
the end of the anchor expansion sleeve unless otherwise
stated.)
Prohibited zone
em
In certain circumstances, it may be possible to install anchors
in thinner concrete elements. If cover to the anchor is not
required, and a degree of spalling can be tolerated between
the end of the expansion sleeve and the far surface of the
concrete, embedment close to the far surface may be feasible.
More information on the conditions for reduced concrete
thickness may be obtained from Ramset™ Engineers.
Edge distance "e"
Concrete Edge
PROHIBITED ZONES FOR SPACINGS AND EDGES
Where an expansion anchor is placed at a corner, there is
less resistance to splitting, because of the smaller bulk of
concrete around the anchor. In order to protect the concrete,
the minimum distance from one of the edges is increased to
twice the absolute minimum.
Minimum
concrete
thickness
'bm'
1.5h
2.0h
em
2em
CONCRETE THICKNESS
2*em
Free zone
Prohibited zone
Prohibited e
m
zone
Concrete Edge
PROHIBITED ZONES AT CORNER FOR
EXPANSION ANCHORS
29
6
6.4
DESIGN
6.4.1 WORKING LOAD DESIGN
6.4.2 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN
Using the permissible stress method which is still valid in
many design situations:
Designers are advised to adopt the limit state design approach
which takes account of stability, strength, serviceability,
durability, fire resistance, and any other requirements, in
determining the suitability of the fixing. Explanations of this
approach are found in the design standards for structural steel
and concrete. When designing for strength the anchor is to
comply with the following:
L (applied load)
≤ Ra (working load limit capacity)
Working load limits are derived from characteristic ultimate
capacities and factor of safety:
Ra
= Ru / Fs
ØRu ≥ S*
Factors of safety are related to the mode of failure, and
material type, and the following are considered appropriate
for structural anchoring designs:
where:
Ø
= capacity reduction factor
fss = factor of safety for steel in tension and bending
= 2.2
Ru
= characteristic ultimate load carrying capacity
S* = design action effect
fsv = factor of safety for steel in shear
= 2.5
fsc = factor of safety for concrete
= 3.0
ØRu = design strength
Design action effects are the forces, moments, and other
effects, produced by agents such as loads, which act on a
structure. They include axial forces (N*), shear forces (V*),
and moments (M*), which are established from the
appropriate combinations of factored loads as detailed in the
AS1170 “Minimum Design Load on Structures” series of
Australian Standards.
Capacity reduction factors are given below, these typically
comply with those detailed in AS4100 - “Steel Structures” and
AS3600 - “Concrete Structures”. The following capacity
reduction factors are considered typical:
Øc
=
=
capacity reduction factor, concrete tension
0.6
Øq
=
=
capacity reduction factor, concrete shear
0.6
Øn
=
=
capacity reduction factor, steel tension
0.8
Øv
=
=
capacity reduction factor, steel shear
0.8
Øm =
=
capacity reduction factor, steel bending
0.8
Whilst these values are used throughout this document,
other values may be used by making the adjustment for
Ø as required.
30
6
6.5
TENSION
6.5.1 STEEL TENSION
6.5.2 CONCRETE CONE
The characteristic ultimate tensile capacity for the steel of an
anchor is obtained from:
Characteristic ultimate tensile capacities for mechanical
anchors vary in a predictable manner with the relationship
between: - hole diameter (dh)
- effective depth (h), and
- concrete compressive strength (f’c)
Nus = As fu
where:
within a limited range of effective depths, h.
Nus = characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity
(N)
This is typically expressed by a formula such as:
= tensile area
= stress area for threaded sections
(mm2)
(mm2)
fu
= characteristic ultimate tensile strength
(MPa)
fy
= characteristic yield strength
(MPa)
As
The tensile working load limit (permissible stress method) for
the steel of a Ramset™ anchor is obtained from:
Nas = Nus / 2.2
Nuc = factor * dbfactor * h1.5 * √f’c
Anchors may have constraints that apply to the effective
depth of the anchor or the maximum or minimum concrete
strength applicable.
Effective anchor depth is taken from the surface of the
structural concrete to the point where the concrete cone is
generated. In establishing the effective depth for anchors, the
designer should allow for any gap expected to exist between
the fixture and the concrete prior to clamping down.
air gap
h
h
h
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete compressive strength "f’c" is the actual
strength at the location of the anchor, making due allowance for
site conditions, such as degree of compaction, age of concrete,
and curing method.
Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress
method) for anchors are obtained from:
Nac = Nuc / 3.0
31
6
6.5.3 PULL-THROUGH
6.5.4 CONCRETE BOND
This mode of failure occurs in expansion anchors under tensile
loading, where the applied load exceeds the frictional
resistance between either the cone and the expansion sleeve,
or the sleeve and the sides of the drilled hole in the concrete.
Failures of this type are often associated with anchors that are
improperly set, or used in larger diameter holes drilled into the
concrete with over-sized drill bits.
Chemical Anchors
The load carrying capacities of anchors with thick-walled
expansion sleeves such as SpaTec™ and properly-set DynaSet™
anchors, are not sensitive to this mode of failure.
The recommended limits on concrete strength "f’c" in the
determination of concrete cone strength for DynaBolt™ and
TruBolt™ anchors, act as a precaution against this mode
of failure.
Characteristic ultimate tensile load carrying capacities for
concrete bond failure in the compression zone varies with hole
depth, effective depth and concrete strength in a similar
manner to concrete cone failure in mechanical anchors.
Effective anchor depth "h" is taken from the start of the
adhesive, (usually the surface of the concrete) to the bottom
of the stud. For chemical capsule anchors, it is not usual to
deviate from the depths given in the Section Properties and
Data. Whilst it is essential to provide sufficient resin to fill the
space between the stud and the concrete, the installer must
avoid excessive overspill. Hole depths for capsule anchors may
be increased in increments related to the volume of capsules
available. It is recommended to seek advice from Ramset™
Technical Staff before deviating from the recommended hole
depths or hole diameters.
h
EFFECTIVE DEPTH FOR CHEMICAL ANCHORS
The appropriate concrete strength "f’c" to be used in these
equations, is the actual strength at the location of the anchor,
making due allowance for site conditions, such as degree of
compaction, age of concrete, and curing method.
Concrete tensile working load limits (permissible stress
method) for Ramset™ chemical anchors are obtained from:
Nac = Nuc / 3.0
32
6
6.5.5 CRITICAL SPACING
In a group of mechanical anchors loaded in tension, the spacing
at which the cone shaped zones of concrete failure just begin
to overlap at the surface of the concrete, is termed the critical
spacing, ac.
ac
For anchors influenced by the cones of two other anchors, as a
result for example, of location internal to a row:
Xna = a / ac ≤ 1
Unequal distances ("a1" and "a2", both < ac) from two
adjacent anchors, are averaged for an anchor internal to a row:
a
Xna = 0.5 (a1 + a2) / ac
Anchors
If the anchors are at the ends of a row, each influenced by
the cone of only one other anchor:
Cone of Failure
For chemical anchors the critical spacing is determined by
interference between the cylindrically shaped zones of stress
surrounding the anchors.
ac
a
Bond cylinders
Xna = 0.5 (1 + a/ac) ≤ 1
The cone of anchor A is influenced by the cones of anchors
B and C, but not additionally by the cone of anchor D. "Xna" is
the appropriate reduction factor as a conservative solution.
Anchors
Critical spacing defines a critical zone around a given anchor,
for the placement of further anchors. The critical spacing zone
has a radius equal to the critical spacing. The concrete tensile
strengths of anchors falling within the critical zone are
reduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone
as well as the critical zone.
At the critical spacing, the capacity of one anchor is on the
point of being reduced by the zone of influence of the other
anchor. Ramset™ anchors placed at or greater than critical
spacings are able to develop their full tensile loads, as limited
by concrete cone or concrete bond capacity. Anchors at
spacings less than critical are subject to reduction in allowable
concrete tensile loads.
Both ultimate and working loads on anchors spaced between
the critical and the absolute minimum, are subject to a
reduction factor "Xna", the value of which depends upon the
position of the anchor within the row:
Nucr = Xna * Nuc
A
B
C
D
ANCHOR GROUP INTERACTION
CRITICAL
REDUCTION
PROHIBITED
a ≥ ac
ac > a > am
a < am
No influence.
Interaction
occurs between
failure cones.
Capacity reduction
necessary.
Risk of cracking.
for strength limit state design.
And, for permissible stress method analysis:
Nar = Xna * Nac
Cone of Failure
a
a
a
Anchors
ANCHORS IN A ROW
33
6
6.5.6 CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE
At the critical edge distance for anchors loaded in tension,
reduction in tensile loads just commences, due to interference
of the edge with the zone of influence of the anchor.
Cast-In and Expansion Anchors
The critical edge distance (ec) for expansion and cast-in
anchors is taken as one and a half times effective depth:
ec
Chemical Anchors
For chemical anchors the critical edge distance is determined
by interference between the edge and the cylindrically shaped
zones of stress surrounding the anchors.
ec
= 4 * db
= 1.5 * h
ec
ec
Anchor
Bond cylinder
Anchor
Cone of Failure
e
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH BOND CYLINDER
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH CONCRETE CONES
If the edge lies between the critical and the absolute minimum
distance from the anchor, the concrete tensile load reduction
co-efficient "Xe", is obtained from the following formula:
Rotation Set Anchors
Xe
The critical edge distance for Boa™ Coil anchor is taken as:
where:
ec
Xe
= 6 * db
= 0.3 + 0.7 * e / ec ≤ 1
= edge reduction factor tension
Critical edge distances define critical zones for the placement
of anchors with respect to an edge. The critical edge zone has
a width equal to the critical edge distance. The concrete
tensile strengths of anchors falling within the critical zone are
reduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone as
well as the critical zone.
em
Concrete Edge
ec
Free zone
Critical zone
Prohibited zone
CRITICAL EDGE ZONE
34
SHEAR
5.6.1 ANCHOR STEEL SHEAR
For an anchor not located close to another anchor nor to a free
concrete edge, the ultimate shear load will be determined by
the steel shear strength of the anchor, provided the effective
depth of the anchor is compliant with the following:
SpaTec™
h
The designer should also take into account any conditions that
may cause bending moments and unbalanced forces to be
applied simultaneously. Any tendency of the fixture to lift away
from the surface under load will generate moments and tension
forces.
The characteristic ultimate shear capacity (Vus) for the steel of
an anchor is obtained from:
≥ 4 * dh
Vus = 0.62 * As * fu
(N)
4 * dh
Minimum for bolt shear
dh
6.6.2 CONCRETE EDGE SHEAR
1.25 * db
Minimum for bolt
and spacer shear
Where load is directed either towards or parallel to an edge,
and the anchor is located in the proximity of the edge, failure
may occur in the concrete.
MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR
™
For SpaTec it is required that the bottom end of the spacer
is inserted at least one and a quarter times hole diameter
(1.25 * dh) in order for the shear strength of the spacer to be
allowed as contributing to the shear strength of the anchor.
Anchor
e
Drilled hole
Load
Concrete Wedge
Boa™ Coil
For full bolt shear,
h
≥ 6 * db
CONCRETE WEDGE FAILURE MODE
A reduced shear capacity is applicable down to a minimum
value of 3 * db.
3 * db
Minimum for bolt shear
dh
6.6
6
MINIMUM INSERTION FOR BOLT SHEAR
TruBolt™
h
≥ 4 * dh
DynaBolt™
h
≥ 3.5 * dh
DynaSet™ anchors are not normally embedded to four times the
diameter of the drilled hole, and their characteristic shear
capacities relate to the bending strength of the anchor or shear
of the inserted bolt.
35
6
6.6.3 SPACING UNDER CONCRETE SHEAR
At a spacing of at least 2.5 times edge distance, there is no
interference between adjacent failure wedges. Where anchor
spacing is less than 2.5 times edge distance, the shear load
capacities in the concrete are subject to a reduction factor "Xva".
Failure wedge
a
a
Two anchors installed on a line normal to the edge, and loaded
in shear towards the edge, are treated as a special case.
Where the anchors are loaded simultaneously by the same
fixture, the ultimate or the concrete edge shear capacity for
each anchor will be influenced by the other anchor. Where the
spacing "a" between anchors A and B is less than or equal to
"eB" the edge distance of anchor B, the ultimate edge shear for
anchor A is equal to anchor B, despite the longer edge distance
of anchor A:
e
Concrete edge
Shear force
A
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN SHEAR WEDGES
a
Xva = 0.5 ( 1 + a / (2.5 * e))
≤
1
The direction of the shear load towards an edge will influence
the concrete edge shear capacity. This is accounted for with
the factor Xvd.
B
Concrete edge
Failure wedge
eB
ANCHORS IN LINE TOWARDS AN EDGE
For an anchor located at a corner and where the second edge
is parallel to the applied shear, interference by the second edge
upon the shear wedge is taken into account by the following
reduction factor:
α
V*
Xvs = 0.30 + 0.56 * e1 / e2 ≤ 1
When a row of anchors is subject to a shear load acting
towards an edge, the distribution of each anchors capacity
in the anchor group is derived by using the factor Xvn.
e1
Shear Force
e2
Failure wedge
V*A V*B V*C
Concrete edges
n=3
V*TOTAL
V*A = V*B = V*C
ØVur ≥ V*A, V*B, V*C
36
ANCHOR AT A CORNER
6.7
6
BENDING
The designer's calculation of the design bending moment (M*)
should include an allowance in the moment arm of one hole
diameter inwards from the face of the concrete:
In the case of working load limit design, applied moments (M)
are calculated as follows:
M
= V * ( dh + g + t / 2)
V
= applied shear force
M* = V* * ( dh + g + t / 2)
(N)
where:
V* = shear design action effect
(N)
Characteristic ultimate bending capacities (Mu), are obtained
from the following formula:
g
= gap between fixture and concrete surface
(mm)
M u = fy * Z
t
= fixture thickness
(mm)
where:
Non-structural
One hole diameter material or gap
fy
= characteristic yield strength
(MPa)
Z
= section modulus of the anchor
(mm3)
Fixture
and for working load limit bending moment (Ma):
Ma = Mu / fss
= Mu / 2.2
Applied load
Moment arm
DESIGN BENDING MOMENT
Anchor moments need only be considered if there is a
non structural material or gap between the fixture and
substrate that results in application of a moment to the
anchor itself.
37
6
6.8
COMBINED LOADING
6.8.1 TENSION AND BENDING
6.8.3 TENSION AND SHEAR
Where an anchor is subjected to combined tension and
bending, ultimate tensile capacity for the steel is determined
as follows:
Design for combined tension and shear, requires firstly the
determination of anchor capacities. Strength limit state design
capacities are taken as:
ØNur = ØcNurc ≤ ØnNus
Nusr = Nus * (1 - (M* / ØmMu))
ØVur = ØqVur ≤ ØvVus
where:
where:
Øm = capacity reduction factor, steel bending,
recommended as 0.8
Ø
= capacity reduction factor
ØNur = design reduced ultimate tensile capacity
Applied
tension
ØVur = design reduced ultimate shear capacity
Øc
= capacity reduction factor concrete tension
Øq
= edge capacity reduction factor concrete shear,
recommended as 0.6
Øn
= capacity reduction factor, steel tension,
recommended as 0.8
Factored working load limit steel tensile capacities, to allow
for the effects of bending moments are given by:
Øv
= capacity reduction factor, steel shear,
recommended as 0.8
Nasr = Nas * (1 - M / Ma)
Working load capacities are determined as follows:
Applied moment
Moment arm
COMBINED TENSION, SHEAR AND BENDING
Na = Nar ≤ Nsr
where:
Va
= Var ≤ Vas
Nasr = factored working load limit steel tensile capacity (N)
where:
Na = working load limit tensile capacity
6.8.2 SHEAR AND BENDING
There is no reduction in shear capacity in the case of combined
bending and shear. Shear capacity and bending capacity are
checked independently.
Va
= working load limit shear capacity
Strength limit state combination of tension and shear complies
with the following:
N* / ØNur ≤ 1
V* / ØVur ≤ 1
N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2
Applied shear
Moment arm
COMBINED TENSION AND SHEAR
The following formulae are used for working load combination:
N / Na ≤ 1
V / Va ≤ 1
N / Na + V / Va ≤ 1.2
where:
38
N
= applied tensile load
V
= applied shear load
6.9
6
ANCHOR GROUPS
This information deals specifically with the design of individual
anchors, loaded either as a single anchor or as a member of
a group. Under the relevant loading condition, as a general
principle, all load reduction factors applicable to an individual
anchor in the group should be multiplied together to account
for the combined effects on the anchor of multiple loads, group
layout, and base material geometry. In the application of loads,
due allowance should be made for eccentricities in the lines of
action of loads relative to the centroid of the group, and for
any other conditions likely to cause a magnification of load
to an anchor, i.e. prying forces.
In a group loaded in shear there is a risk of uneven loading,
particularly where more than two anchors are arranged one
behind the other in the direction of the load. The designer
should assess and make appropriate allowance for the ability
of the fixture to distribute the load to anchors in the group.
The simplified strength limit state design process detailed in
this document is intended to cover a wide range of applications.
It is suitable for verifying capacity of single anchors or groups of
anchors, however it must be remembered that the capacity data
given is PER ANCHOR and load cases must be distributed to all
anchors in a group and each anchor verified as being suitable.
For a row of anchors subject to a shear force component
towards an edge, the design tables assume that the design
load case is evenly distributed to all anchors in the group and
calculates the averaged shear capacity for each anchor.
V*A = V*B = V*C
V*A V*B V*C
V*TOTAL
n=3
ØVur = per anchor
capacity
It is unable to verify capacity for anchors in the following
configurations:
• Location at a corner with shear load component towards
the edge(s).
An anchor is considered to be at a corner if the ratio of the
edge distance parallel to the direction of shear to the edge
distance in the direction of shear is less than 1.25.
The simplified design process allows verification of:
Single anchors subject
to shear and/or tension.
e1
N*
V*
Groups of anchors (row, rectangular array etc.) subject to
tensile loading and/or shear loading not towards an edge.
V*TOTAL
e1
e2 > 1.25 acceptable
V*
e2
• Anchors subject to a moment.
• Anchors in a line towards an edge with a shear load
component acting towards that edge, unless it is assumed
that the anchor closest to the edge takes all of the shear
load, V*TOTAL.
N*TOTAL
Groups of anchors subject to tensile and/or shear loading
where the line of anchors parallel to (and closest to) the
edge are considered to take the total shear load.
V*TOTAL
These anchors assumed
to be in slotted holes
A
B
C
N*TOTAL
For these cases, please refer to the Ramset™ Anchor Design
software or contact your local Ramset™ Technical Sales
Engineer for advice.
V*A + V*B + V*C = V*TOTAL
V*TOTAL
39
6
6.10
ASSEMBLY TORQUE AND PRELOAD
The application of assembly torque to a well designed anchor,
results in the generation of a preload or clamping force
between the fixture and the concrete. Because the fixture
supports the concrete and suppresses cone failure, preload may
exceed concrete cone failure load. The concrete experiences an
elastic compression beneath the fixture. Under external loading
of the fixture, the surfaces of the joint will not separate until
the applied load exceeds the preload. Although the magnitude
of the preload influences the deformation of the fixing under
load, it does not in general, affect the ultimate static load
capacity of the fixing.
Preload or clamping load
Clamped material
Applied load
Boa™ Coil anchors and stud anchors such as TruBolt™ anchors
and chemical anchors also have the capability to clamp the
fixture to the concrete.
Torque controlled expansion anchors without an adequate pulldown capability, suffer from loss of preload to the spacer or
sleeve, whenever there is a gap between the mating surfaces.
This results in a reduction in the preload available for
compression of the concrete. Such anchors may perform under
cyclic loads as if there were an inadequate preload, even
though the specified assembly torque may have been carefully
applied. In some instances it is possible for the fixture to be
loose against the concrete surface from the time of initial
assembly of the fixing.
Initial preload (PLi) which is developed immediately after
the application of assembly torque, is calculated for Ramset™
anchors as:
PLi = α * Pr
PRELOADING OF FIXTURE TO CONCRETE
Heavy and medium duty sleeve anchors with a fully
functioning pull-down mechanism such as Ramset™ SpaTec™
and DynaBolt™ anchors, ensure that loss of preload to the
spacer or sleeve is negligible, even where a substantial gap
may have existed between the concrete and the fixture, due
to unevennesses in the mating surfaces. After the expansion
sleeve has enlarged to grip the sides of the hole, the pull-down
mechanism allows the gap to be closed and the fixture to be
clamped against the concrete.
where:
α
= proportion of proof load as initial preload
65% for mechanical anchors
25% for chemical anchors
Pr
= bolt or anchor proof load
= A s * fy
Assembly torques required (Tr) to develop initial preloads are
given by the following formula:
Tr
= µT * db * PLi
where:
µT = torque co-efficient of sliding friction
0.14 for SpaTec™ anchors
0.32 for cold-formed anchors and
stainless steel anchors
0.37 for machined anchors
SpaTec™ and DynaBolt™ Anchors
PULL DOWN MECHANISMS
40
(kN)
6
6.11
LONG TERM PRELOAD DEGRADATION
In considering the long term performance in concrete of
expansion and cast-in anchors under cyclic loading, account
must be taken of concrete creep which causes a degradation of
preload over time. Immediately after the application of assembly
torque and the establishment of initial preload, there is a rapid
initial reduction in preload, followed by a continued gradual
reduction over time, towards a long term limiting value of "PL",
at "λ" % of initial preload. As a guide, "λ" may be taken as
typically 70% for SpaTec™ anchors, and as 40% for DynaBolt™
and TruBolt™ anchors.
1.0
PL/PLi λ
0
3
6
Time (Months)
9
12
PRELOAD DEGRADATION
In a particular application, the proportion of preload
permanently retained will depend upon concrete strength,
concrete quality including curing, level and direction of
concrete stress, applied load level, timing of applied loads, and
the value of the total spring rate for the anchor/fixture/base
material system.
41
6
6.12
SLIP LOAD AND CYCLIC LOADING
Provided the applied load is less than the remaining preload,
slip virtually does not occur, and the fixing experiences the
applied load as a reduction in elastic compression of the
concrete. When the applied load exceeds the preload, the
clamped material can separate from the concrete and slippage
of the joint can commence. If the design requirement is for
negligible slip (say 0.1mm), the assembly torque should be both
carefully specified and applied. It is recommended that anchor
capacity be limited to a percentage of the expected preload
after allowing for long term degradation.
Ultimate load
Applied
load
The Boa™ Coil anchor performs more like a slight undercut
anchor where the first slip measured at 0.1mm is close to the
ultimate load of the anchor in concrete. The Boa™ Coil anchors
ability to sustain cyclic loads depends primarily upon the
interaction of the Boa™ Coil and the concrete sides of the hole.
It is this unique interaction that enables the Boa™ Coil anchor
to achieve high first slip loads. To ensure long life of the
fastener under cyclic loading the designer should ensure (as for
slip loads), that the applied load does not exceed 65% of the
first slip load, called the reduced characteristic ultimate slip
load. When the applied load is less than the reduced
characteristic ultimate slip load the Boa™ Coil anchor has the
ability to withstand an infinite number of repetitions of the
applied load.
Long term preload
= slip load
Ultimate load
Long term preload
= slip load
65% of slip load
Applied
load
65% of slip load
Displacement
SLIP LOAD AND PRELOAD
The ability of an anchor to sustain cyclic loads depends
(as for slip loads) primarily upon the relationship between
the applied load and the effective preload in the anchor.
Where the applied load is less than both the preload and the
static working load, the fastening has the ability to withstand
an infinite number of repetitions of the applied load. The cyclic
loading is experienced as changes in pressure at the interface
of the fixture and the concrete, and the stress range in the
anchor should never approach the endurance limit. To ensure
long life of the fastening under cyclic loading, the designer
should ensure (as for slip loads), that the applied load is less
than "h" % of the expected long term preload after allowing
for degradation.
42
Displacement
SLIP LOAD
6.13
CORROSION
During their service life, fasteners may be subjected to a
range of corrosive agents and environments. Atmospheric
environments may include the benign, such as indoors in dry
conditions. The less benign outdoor areas are exposed to rain
and/or humidity. The chloride bearing atmospheres under the
influence of sea winds are more corrosive. The polluted
atmosphere in some industrial areas, and the marine
environment over the sea, at the shore, or within the splash
zone, may be highly aggressive. Fastenings may be required to
be placed under fresh water, salt water, or in contact with a
whole range of potentially corrosive liquids. Ramset™ anchors
are supplied with a range of corrosion resistances suitable for
various applications.
The term “galvanised” in this document refers to hot dip
galvanising according to the Australian Standards listed in the
table below.
Note that other publications may use the term “galvanised”
when referring to zinc electroplated anchors, which provides
inferior corrosion protection. To ensure adequate corrosion
protection, verify that the plating thickness complies with the
thickness value required by the relevant Australian Standard.
AS1214 - 1983 requires a minimum of 42 micron thickness for
“hot dip galvanised” threaded items.
ENVIRONMENT
There is a large number of specialist texts on the subject of
corrosion, to which the reader is referred.
The stainless steel specification for Ramset™ anchors has a
high molybdenum content, which gives superior resistance
against chlorides and common industrial pollutants.
Stainless steel anchors should be insulated from the zinc
coating, when securing galvanised steelwork, because of the
possibility of galvanic corrosion.
Care must be taken to ensure selected fasteners meet the
appropriate standards and are also correctly described. For
example, “mechanically galvanised” is a misnomer for
“mechanically plated”, which may not provide the same
corrosion protection as “hot dip galvanising”.
CORROSION
PROTECTION
SPECIFICATION
Plating
Zinc plated to
AS1791-1986
Minimum thickness
6 micron
Passivated,
Designation C
Indoors,
under cover
Low humidity
Exposure to
moisture likely
Exposed to weather
Industrial pollution
Galvanising
Hot dipped to
AS1650-1989
AS1214-1983
Minimum thickness
42 micron
Marine
environments
Chemical plants
Aggressive
environments
At the sea
6.14
6
ISO3506-1979
Stainless steel
Grade A4,
Prop Class 70
(AISI 316)
FIRE
When exposed to heat so that it reaches a temperature of
about 550°C, steel retains about half of its original strength.
Designers have traditionally adopted this limiting temperature
for the retention of structural integrity. Expansion and cast-in
anchors manufactured in steel, are subject to the same limit,
except that conditions are generally more favourable to the
retention of structural strength for these anchors, than other
components of an unprotected structure. For example, in
circumstances where heat can be expected to vent through the
roof sheeting, there is little risk of the fixings at the supports of
steel beams, reaching the same temperature as the most
critical part of the main steel structural elements. Generally,
fixings reach significantly lower temperatures than the main
structural elements.
Fire induced deformations of wall panels, and the behaviour of
the structural frame under fire, should be carefully considered
in the design. Spread of the fire to adjoining properties will be
prevented, as long as the panels remain fixed to the structural
frame. The connection between a heavy structural steel frame
and the wall panels should be via deformable ties.
The limiting operational temperature for chemical anchors is
80°C. When used for anchoring reinforcing steel, chemical
systems are provided with concrete cover, and may be
designed to provide the desired fire rating, by limiting the
temperature rise at the anchor points. Where protection is
required for the steel structure, special fireproofing material is
specified. The same protection should be extended to any
exposed fixings to the concrete structure.
Part of an anchor is always embedded in and insulated by the
concrete, which increases the time for the heat to flow to the
anchoring element of the anchor, and because of the heat sink
of the concrete mass which takes heat from the anchor, there
is an increase in the time for its temperature to rise.
43
MECHANICAL
ANCHORING
OVERVIEW
Ramset™ have been offering mechanical anchors in the
Australian market place for over 40 years. During this time
Ramset™ brand names have entered into common language on
building sites all over Australia. Names like DynaBolt™ and
TruBolt™ have become recognised as the best sleeve anchors and
stud anchors alike. But only Ramset™ supplies the original,
proven products like DynaBolt™ sleeve anchors, TruBolt™ stud
anchors, SpaTec™ heavy duty anchors and DynaSet™ female
anchors. These tried and tested Ramset™ brand names represent
Quality, Reliability and Performance. The Ramset™ ISO9001
accreditation assures it.
Not only does Ramset™ offer reliable, quality product. Ramset™
understands masonry anchoring technology and offers published
information, such as this book, to guide correct product selection
and safe installation. Extensive research, development and
testing are invested in Ramset™ products so that designers can
be secure in the knowledge that they have access to the real
performance and capabilities of the anchors.
It is performance that defines an anchor’s capabilities. An
anchor’s performance cannot be deduced from its description.
For example not all sleeve anchors perform like DynaBolt™ sleeve
anchors and not all stud anchors perform like TruBolt™ stud
anchors. Product design, manufacturing tolerances and
manufacturing quality control have a major affect on anchor
performance. The only way to determine an anchor’s actual
performance is to measure it at all of its design and tolerance
limits. The performance of Ramset™ Anchors are determined by
extensive and rigorous testing to enable us to provide
information on how our products will perform over a wide range
of conditions and advise as to their limitations.
The correct anchor for a particular load case can only be selected
by referring to reliable design information issued by the supplier
for their anchors. Performance and design information from one
supplier does not apply to anchors from other suppliers, even if
they appear to be the same or have the same generic description.
The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer
to the Ramset™ mechanical anchoring range and provides
performance information to allow selection of the right anchor for
the job.
44
Mechanical Anchoring
SpaTec™
7.1
7
SpaTec™ Safety Anchors
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The SpaTec™ Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting
expansion anchor.
Benefits, Advantages and Features
Suitable for structural loads:
~ High tensile capacity of Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.
~ Twin high tensile washers that resist dishing.
~ Heavy duty, thick expansion sleeve that provides secure grip to concrete.
Improved security:
~ Large expansion reserve that ensures retention in concrete if overloaded.
~ Compressible collar allows pull down to close gaps and induce preload.
Resistant to cyclic loading:
~ Compressible collar and heavy duty sleeve work together to retain 65% of
initial preload.
Principal Applications
~ Structural beams and columns.
~ Anchoring braces for precast panels.
~ Safety barriers.
~ Machinery and heavy plant hold down.
~ Lift guide rails.
~ Commercial building facades.
Fast installation:
~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixtures.
Neat finish:
~ Low profile hex head.
Installation
1. Drill recommended sized holes as per technical specifications. Clean hole
thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air, etc.
2. After ensuring anchor is assembled correctly, insert anchor through fixture
and drive in until washer contacts fixture.
3. Tighten bolt with torque wrench to specified assembly torque.
45
7
SpaTec™
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details
Anchor
size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Installation details
Minimum dimensions*
Drilled hole Fixture hole Anchor
Tightening
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
diameter, dh diameter, df effective
torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va
(mm)
(mm)
depth, h (mm)
(Nm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
60
90
180
120
11.5
15
17
70
35
105
210
140
19.3
80
120
240
160
19.3
70
105
210
140
16.7
18
21
95
60
143
285
190
27.6
120
180
360
240
27.6
95
143
285
190
31.1
24
27
115
145
173
345
230
52.3
135
203
405
270
52.3
110
165
330
220
50.4
28
32
140
305
210
420
280
75.8
170
255
510
340
75.8
130
195
390
260
72.7
32
36
160
525
240
480
320
101.9
190
285
570
380
101.9
Working Load Limit (kN)
Tension, Na
Concrete compressive strength, f’c
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
8.6
10.8
12.1
10.8
13.7
15.3
13.2
16.7
18.7
11.3
14.3
16.0
17.9
22.6
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
19.2
24.3
27.2
25.6
32.4
36.2
32.5
41.2
45.7
25.3
32.0
35.8
36.3
46.0
51.4
48.6
61.5
68.8
34.0
43.1
48.1
46.5
58.8
65.7
60.1
76.1
85.1
* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
7.2
DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS
M10
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
15
M12
18
M16
M20
M24
24
28
32
Anchor
size, db
7.3
Effective
length, Le
(mm)
94
83
111
136
131
165
172
Effective depth, h (mm)
Part No.
Zn
h = Le - t
SA10108
SA12098
SA12124
SA12153
SA16149
SA20189
SA24197
t = total thickness of material(s) being fixed
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Carbon Steel
Anchor
size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
46
Shank
diameter, ds
(mm)
9.8
11.7
15.7
19.7
23.7
Bolt stress
area, As
(mm2)
58.0
84.3
157.0
245.0
353.0
Bolt yield
strength, fy
(MPa)
640
640
640
680
680
Bolt UTS,
fu (MPa)
800
800
800
830
830
Spacer
area, As
(mm2)
65.2
101.6
198.0
238.3
274.6
Spacer yield
strength, fy Spacer UTS,
fu (MPa)
(MPa)
350
480
330
430
330
430
330
430
330
430
Section
modulus
Z (mm3)
62.3
109.2
277.5
540.9
935.5
SpaTec™
7
7.4
STEP 1
Table 1a Indicative combined loading – interaction diagram
Design tensile action effect, N* (kN)
140
Notes:
~ Shear limited by bolt and spacer steel capacity.
~ Tension limited by concrete cone capacity.
~ No edge or spacing effects.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
120
100
80
M24
60
M20
40
M16
M12
20
M10
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
Design shear action effect, V* (kN)
Table 1b Absolute minimum edge distance and anchor spacing values, em and am (mm)
Anchor size, db
Edge distance, em
Anchor spacing, am
M10
100
75
M12
130
100
M16
170
120
M20
210
150
M24
250
180
Step 1c Calculate anchor effective depth, h (mm)
Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table on page 46.
h = Le - t
Checkpoint
1
Anchor size determined, absolute minima compliance achieved, effective depth (h) calculated.
47
7
SpaTec™
STEP 2
Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Drilled hole dia., dh (mm)
15
18
24
28
32
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
175
200
220
19.6
24.6
30.1
35.9
42.1
25.8
31.5
37.6
44.0
50.8
57.9
65.3
47.3
54.6
62.2
70.1
78.4
86.9
57.7
65.8
74.2
82.9
91.9
115.8
141.5
77.6
86.7
96.2
121.2
148.1
170.9
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 4 x drilled hole diameter, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, tension, Xnc
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
60
1.37
Table 2c Edge distance effect, tension, Xne
Edge distance, e (mm)
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
175
200
220
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
1
0.97
0.88
0.82
0.77
0.72
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.57
0.53
0.51
1
0.95
0.88
0.83
0.79
0.75
0.72
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.57
1
0.94
0.88
0.84
0.80
0.77
0.70
0.65
0.62
1
0.98
0.93
0.88
0.84
0.77
0.71
0.67
1
0.97
0.92
0.83
0.77
0.72
1
0.97
0.88
0.83
1
0.94
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, end of a row, tension, Xnae
Note: For single anchor designs, Xnae = 1.0
Anchor spacing, a (mm)
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
175
200
220
48
75
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
400
500
0.71
0.68
0.66
0.64
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.60
0.59
0.58
0.57
0.56
0.56
0.78
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.67
0.65
0.64
0.63
0.62
0.61
0.60
0.58
0.58
0.85
0.80
0.76
0.73
0.71
0.69
0.67
0.66
0.65
0.64
0.62
0.60
0.59
0.92
0.86
0.81
0.78
0.75
0.73
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.64
0.63
0.61
0.99
0.92
0.86
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.74
0.72
0.71
0.69
0.67
0.65
0.63
1
0.98
0.92
0.87
0.83
0.80
0.78
0.76
0.74
0.72
0.69
0.67
0.65
1
0.96
0.92
0.88
0.85
0.82
0.80
0.78
0.74
0.71
0.69
1
0.95
0.92
0.88
0.86
0.83
0.79
0.75
0.73
1
0.98
0.94
0.88
0.83
0.80
1
0.98
0.92
0.88
SpaTec™
7
Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, tension, Xnai
Note: For single anchor designs, Xnai = 1.0
75
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
400
500
0.42
0.36
0.31
0.28
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.18
0.17
0.14
0.13
0.11
0.56
0.48
0.42
0.37
0.33
0.30
0.28
0.26
0.24
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.69
0.60
0.52
0.46
0.42
0.38
0.35
0.32
0.30
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.83
0.71
0.63
0.56
0.50
0.45
0.42
0.38
0.36
0.33
0.29
0.25
0.23
0.97
0.83
0.73
0.65
0.58
0.53
0.49
0.45
0.42
0.39
0.33
0.29
0.27
1
0.95
0.83
0.74
0.67
0.61
0.56
0.51
0.48
0.44
0.38
0.33
0.30
1
0.93
0.83
0.76
0.69
0.64
0.60
0.56
0.48
0.42
0.38
1
0.91
0.83
0.77
0.71
0.67
0.57
0.50
0.45
1
0.95
0.89
0.76
0.67
0.61
1
0.95
0.83
0.76
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
175
200
220
Checkpoint
2
Design reduced ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNurc
ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * ( Xnae or Xnai )
STEP 3
Table 3a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel tensile capacity, ØNus (kN), Øn = 0.8
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Carbon steel
37.1
54.0
100.5
162.7
234.4
Step 3b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN)
Not appropriate for this product.
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
49
7
SpaTec™
STEP 4
Table 4a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVuc (kN), Øq = 0.6, f’c = 32 MPa
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
400
600
800
1000
1250
16.0
22.4
29.5
37.1
45.4
63.4
83.3
128.3
24.6
32.3
40.7
49.7
69.4
91.3
140.5
258.2
47.0
57.4
80.2
105.4
162.3
298.1
459.0
62.0
86.6
113.9
175.3
322.0
495.8
692.9
92.6
121.7
187.4
344.3
530.0
740.7
1035.2
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, concrete edge shear, Xvc
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
60
1.37
Table 4c Load direction effect, concrete edge shear, Xvd
Angle, α°
Xvd
Load direction effect,
conc. edge shear, Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, concrete edge shear, Xva
Note: For single anchor designs, Xva = 1.0
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
400
0.65
0.67
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.98
1.00
0.60
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.73
0.77
0.90
1.00
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.84
0.96
1.00
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.62
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.74
0.82
0.98
1.00
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
600
800
1000
1250
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.56
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.86
0.92
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.55
0.56
0.60
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.74
0.79
0.84
0.90
75
85
100
120
150
175
200
300
400
600
800
1000
1200
1500
1800
2100
2500
50
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.88
0.95
1.00
7
SpaTec™
Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, concrete edge shear, Xvn
Note: For single anchor designs, Xvn = 1.0
Anchor spacing /
Edge distance, a / e
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Number of anchors, n
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
Design reduced ultimate concrete edge shear capacity, ØVurc
ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn
STEP 5
Table 5a Reduced characteristic ultimate steel shear capacity, ØVus (kN), Øv = 0.8
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Bolt and spacer shear (kN)
h minimum (mm)
38.5
75
55.1
85
104.5
105
151.7
130
203.9
140
Bolt shear only (kN)
h minimum (mm)
23.0
60
33.5
72
62.3
96
100.9
112
145.3
128
Step 5b Reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel shear capacity, ØVsf (kN)
Checkpoint
5
Design reduced ultimate shear capacity, ØVur
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
51
7
SpaTec™
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
™
Ramset SpaTec™ Anchor,
(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)).
Maximum fixed thickness to be (t) mm.
Example
Ramset™ SpaTec™ Anchor,
M12 (SA12153).
Ramset Technical Data Sheet.
™
52
8
Structural Anchor
8.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The HiShear™ 8.8 Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting
expansion anchor.
Provides same shear performance as larger diameter anchors:
~ Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt and thin spacer.
Faster installation:
~ Smaller holes are easier to drill.
Same tensile capacity as larger diameter anchors at same depth:
~ Patented sleeve design.
Improved security:
~ Patented sleeve pulls down to close gaps up to 5 mm and induce preload.
Suitable for structural shear loads:
~ Raker angles to concrete panels.
~ Rafters to concrete panels.
~ Heavy structural steel to concrete.
~ Corner guards.
~ High tensile capacity Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.
~ High tensile washer to resist dishing.
“Safety Yellow” coloured head:
~ Easy identification during inspection.
Installation
1. Use the fixture as a template and drill the hole
to the correct diameter and depth as per the
installation specifications.
2. Clean hole thoroughly with brush. Remove
debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
3. Insert HiShear™ 8.8 through fixture, tap lightly
with hammer until washer contacts fixture.
4. Tighten HiShear™ 8.8 anchor to specified
assembly torque using torque wrench or
impact wrench (rattle gun).
53
8
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
16
20
Minimum dimensions*
Tightening
Edge
Anchor
Substrate Shear, Va
torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm) depth, h (mm)
(Nm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
f’c>20 MPa
55
85
165
85
16
19
65
115
100
195
100
16.7
80
120
240
120
70
105
210
105
20
24
210
31.1
80
120
240
120
Tension, Na
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
7.5
9.5
10.6
9.6
12.2
13.6
13.1
16.6
18.6
10.7
13.6
15.2
13.1
16.6
18.6
8.2
Anchor
size, dh (mm)
16
20
Effective
length, Le (mm)
73
83
85
Part No.
Zn
HS16090H
HS16100H
HS20100H
h = lesser of Le - t,
5 * dh
8.3
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
16
20
Stress
area, As
(mm2)
84.3
157.0
Thread
size, db
M12
M16
Grade 8.8 Carbon Steel
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
640
800
640
800
Permissible cyclic/slip load, (based on 65% of the long term retained preload).
Anchor size, dh (mm)
16
20
Permissible load, (kN)
7.8
10.7
Refer to section 6.12 on page 42, for design methodology.
54
Section
modulus
Z (mm3)
109.2
277.5
8
8.4
STEP 1
30
Notes:
~ Shear limited by steel capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
20
20
16
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Edge distance, em
Anchor spacing, am
16
120
80
20
160
105
5 * dh
Checkpoint
1
55
8
STEP 2
16
20
10.6
12.6
14.8
17.0
19.4
21.9
24.4
27.1
29.9
14.8
17.0
19.4
21.9
24.4
27.1
29.9
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3.5 x Anchor size, dh for anchor to achieve tabled shear capacities.
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
Xne = 1.0 for all valid edge distances
80
90
100
110
120
140
160
180
200
220
0.83
0.80
0.77
0.74
0.72
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.88
0.83
0.80
0.77
0.75
0.73
0.71
0.70
0.69
0.92
0.87
0.83
0.80
0.78
0.76
0.74
0.72
0.71
0.96
0.91
0.87
0.83
0.81
0.78
0.76
0.74
0.73
1.00
0.94
0.90
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.79
0.77
0.75
1.00
0.97
0.92
0.89
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.79
1.00
0.94
0.91
0.88
0.86
0.83
1.00
0.96
0.93
0.90
0.88
1.00
0.94
0.92
1.00
0.96
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
56
8
80
85
90
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
0.67
0.59
0.53
0.48
0.44
0.41
0.38
0.36
0.33
0.71
0.63
0.57
0.52
0.47
0.44
0.40
0.38
0.35
0.75
0.67
0.60
0.55
0.50
0.46
0.43
0.40
0.38
0.83
0.74
0.67
0.61
0.56
0.51
0.48
0.44
0.42
1.00
0.89
0.80
0.73
0.67
0.62
0.57
0.53
0.50
1.00
0.93
0.85
0.78
0.72
0.67
0.62
0.58
1.00
0.89
0.82
0.76
0.71
0.67
1.00
0.92
0.86
0.80
0.75
1.00
0.95
0.89
0.83
1.00
0.98
0.92
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
Checkpoint
2
STEP 3
16
20
54.0
100.5
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
57
8
STEP 4
16
20
120
140
160
180
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
21.8
27.4
33.5
40.0
46.8
65.5
86.1
108.5
132.5
158.1
37.5
44.7
52.4
73.2
96.2
121.3
148.1
176.8
207.0
272.2
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
120
140
160
180
200
250
300
350
400
0.63
0.64
0.65
0.66
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.61
0.62
0.63
0.64
0.64
0.68
0.71
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00
0.60
0.61
0.61
0.62
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
0.59
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.72
0.78
0.83
0.89
0.94
1.00
0.58
0.59
0.59
0.60
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.56
0.57
0.57
0.58
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.90
1.00
0.55
0.56
0.56
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.77
0.83
1.00
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.79
0.93
1.00
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.55
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.75
0.88
1.00
450
500
0.54
0.54
0.54
0.54
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.68
0.72
0.83
0.94
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
600
80
85
90
95
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
750
1000
1250
1500
58
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.63
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00
8
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
16
33.5
20
62.3
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
59
8
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
™
Ramset HiShear™ 8.8 Anchor,
Example
™
Ramset HiShear™ 8.8 Anchor,
16 mm (HS16100H).
™
60
Boa™ Coil
9.1
9
Boa™ Coil Expansion Anchors
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The Boa™ Coil Anchor is a heavy duty, rotation setting
expansion anchor.
High load capacity:
~ Expansion coil locks into concrete to give cast-in type performance.
High clamping load:
~ Rotation setting action pulls down.
Resistant to cyclic loading:
~ Pull-down action.
Fast installation:
Easy and fast to remove:
~ Expansion coil stays in hole leaving no protruding metal parts to grind off.
~ Installing handrails and balustrades.
~ Anchoring braces and precast panels.
~ Machinery hold down.
~ Formwork support.
~ Safety barriers.
Installation
1. Using the fixture as a template, drill the correct diameter and depth hole.
Clean hole with a brush and remove debris with vacuum or hand pump.
2. Insert the assembled Boa™ Coil anchor. (The coil tab points up the anchor.)
Tap anchor down to depth set mark and stop.
3. Wind the anchor down until the washer is firmly held to the fixture and
stop. (For the number of turns required to set anchor refer to details on
installation and performance.)
4. Ensure washer is tight and snug fit.
5. The Boa™ Coil anchor is ready to take load. (The bolt can be removed
leaving the coil in the hole. To re-insert, follow steps 3 and 4.)
61
9
Boa™ Coil
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
10
13
16
19
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
Turns to distance, e spacing, a thickness, b Shear, V
c
c
m
a
(mm)
(mm) depth, h (mm) set anchor
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
30
45
4.5
10
12
50
5
60
120
75
7.4
75
113
8.9
40
60
8.2
13
14
75
5
80
160
113
15.4
110
165
16.0
50
75
14.4
16
19
70
5
100
200
105
20.2
90
135
26.0
57
86
20.2
19
21
80
5
120
230
120
28.4
105
158
37.2
Tension, Na
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
3.1
3.9
4.3
5.1
6.4
7.2
7.6
9.7
10.8
5.3
6.7
7.5
9.9
12.6
14.1
14.6
18.4
20.6
8.2
10.3
11.5
11.4
14.4
16.2
14.7
18.6
20.8
11.0
14.0
15.6
15.5
19.6
21.9
20.3
25.7
28.8
9.2
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
10
13
16
19
9.3
Part No.
Zn
BAC06060
BAC06075
BAC06100
BAC08075
BAC08100
BAC08140
BAC10090
BAC10125
BAC12085
BAC12115
BAC12150
h = Le - t
Anchor size, db (mm)
6.5
10
13
16
19
62
Effective
length, Le
(mm)
47
62
87
59
84
124
71
106
63
93
128
Bolt stress area, As
(mm2)
20.2
43.2
77.8
134.4
196.0
Bolt yield strength, fy
(MPa)
640
680
680
680
680
Bolt UTS, fu
(MPa)
800
830
830
830
830
Section modulus, Z
(mm3)
12.9
40.0
97.0
219.8
387.2
9
Boa™ Coil
9.4
STEP 1
60
Notes:
~ f'c = 32 MPa
50
40
30
19
20
16
13
10
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Edge distance, em
e ≥ 6 db
Anchor spacing, am
e < 6 db
10
50
80
100
13
65
105
130
16
80
130
160
19
95
150
190
h = Le - t
Checkpoint
1
63
9
Boa™ Coil
STEP 2
10
13
16
19
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
7.0
8.1
9.3
10.5
11.6
12.8
13.9
16.3
18.6
12.1
13.6
15.1
16.6
18.1
21.2
24.2
27.2
30.2
33.2
18.6
20.5
22.3
26.0
29.8
33.5
37.2
26.5
30.9
35.3
39.8
44.2
48.6
53.0
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
10
13
16
19
50
60
70
80
90
100
120
0.88
1
0.93
1
0.88
0.96
1
0.91
1
10
13
16
19
80
90
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
230
64
0.83
0.88
0.92
1
0.82
0.88
0.95
1
0.86
0.92
0.97
1
0.85
0.89
0.94
0.98
1
9
Boa™ Coil
10
13
16
19
80
90
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
230
Checkpoint
2
0.67
0.75
0.83
1
0.64
0.77
0.90
1
0.73
0.83
0.94
1
0.70
0.79
0.88
0.96
1
STEP 3
10
13
16
19
Carbon steel
28.7
51.7
89.2
130.1
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
65
9
Boa™ Coil
STEP 4
10
13
16
19
50
70
80
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
4.6
7.7
9.4
13.1
24.1
37.0
51.8
68.0
8.7
10.7
14.9
27.4
42.2
59.0
77.6
119.4
11.9
16.6
30.4
46.8
65.5
86.1
132.5
185.2
18.0
33.2
51.1
71.3
93.8
144.4
201.8
265.3
Note: Effective depth, h must be ≥ 3 x anchor size, db in order to achieve tabled shear capacities.
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
35
50
70
80
100
150
200
250
300
400
0.79
0.93
1.00
1.00
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.00
0.64
0.71
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00
1.00
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
1.00
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.00
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.87
0.90
1.00
1.00
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.00
0.54
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.74
0.82
0.90
1.00
1.00
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.63
0.65
0.67
0.68
0.70
0.77
0.83
1.00
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.63
0.64
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.00
500
600
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
400
500
750
1000
1250
1500
66
9
Boa™ Coil
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
h ≥ 6 x db
h ≥ 5 x db
h ≥ 4 x db
h ≥ 3 x db
10
17.8
14.9
11.9
8.9
13
32.0
26.7
21.3
16.0
16
55.3
46.1
36.9
27.7
19
80.7
67.2
53.8
40.3
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
67
9
Boa™ Coil
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
™
Ramset Boa™ Coil Anchor,
Example
™
Ramset Boa™ Coil Anchor,
16 mm (BAC10125).
™
68
TruBolt™
10.1
10
TruBolt™ Stud Anchors
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
The TruBolt™ Anchor is a heavy duty, torque setting
expansion anchor.
Maximum shear capacity for hole size:
~ Stud diameter equals hole diameter.
High clamp load:
~ Stud design ensures pull-down on fixture.
Superior corrosion resistance:
~ AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.
Outstanding exterior durability:
~ 42 micron Hot Dip Galvanised coating.
Superior strength:
~ Structural beams and columns.
~ Anchoring braces for precast panels.
~ Bottom plate and batten fixing.
~ Formwork support.
~ Installing signs, handrails,
balustrades and gates.
~ Safety barriers.
~ Cold forged steel construction.
Installation
1. Use fixture as a template, drill a hole the same diameter as the TruBolt™.
2. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump, compressed air, etc.
Drive anchor into hole until washer is flush with the fixture.
3. Tighten with a spanner. For optimum anchor performance a torque
wrench should be utilised.
69
10
TruBolt™
Anchor
size, db
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Minimum dimensions*
Tightening
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
torque, Tr distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va
(mm)
(mm) depth, h (mm)
(Nm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
24
35
70
70
2.8
6
8
10
32
50
100
100
2.8
32
50
100
70
4.9
8
10
20
54
80
160
110
4.9
40
60
120
90
6.8
10
12
35
72
110
220
130
6.8
48
75
150
120
8.6
12
15
50
86
130
260
160
8.6
64
100
200
150
14.4
16
19
155
115
170
340
220
14.4
80
120
240
170
27.3
20
24
355
145
220
440
270
27.3
96
120
240
210
39.4
24
28
130
595
195
390
310
39.4
155
235
470
360
39.4
Tension, Na
20 MPa
25 MPa
32 MPa
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.8
3.1
3.4
2.8
3.1
3.4
6.0
6.7
7.2
3.8
4.3
4.7
9.3
10.4
9.9
5.1
5.7
6.2
12.1
13.6
12.7
7.8
8.7
9.5
18.8
21.0
20.9
10.9
12.2
13.3
26.5
29.7
32.5
10.9
12.2
10.9
22.5
25.2
22.5
29.3
32.8
29.3
10.2
Anchor
size, db
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
70
Hole
Effective
diameter, dh length, Le
(mm)
(mm)
28
38
6
68
103
30
45
8
70
110
42
52
10
67
97
58
71
12
93
111
151
67
85
16
110
135
180
85
20
115
170
24
119
Part No.
Zn
–
T06055
T06085
T060120
T08050
T08065
T08090
–
T10065
T10075
T10090
T10120
T12080
T12100
T12120
T12140
T12180
T16100
T16125
T16150
T16175
T16220
T20120
T20160
T20215
T24175
Gal
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
T10090GH
–
T12080GH
T12100GH
–
T12140GH
T12180GH
T16100GH
T16125GH
T16150GH
T16175GH
–
T20120GH
T20160GH
T20215GH
–
S/S
T06045SS
T06055SS
T06085SS
–
T08050SS
T08065SS
T08090SS
T08130SS
T10065SS
T10075SS
T10090SS
T10120SS
T12080SS
T12100SS
–
T12140SS
T12180SS
T16100SS
T16125SS
T16150SS
T16175SS
–
T20120SS
T20160SS
–
–
h = Le - t
t = total thickness of material(s)
being fixed
TruBolt™
10.3
10
Anchors with strengths higher in the reduced section than
in the threaded section, are formed by cold working. The
reduced section is located under the expansion sleeve.
For shear loads, the critical plane is located in the threaded
section, and for tensile loads, the critical plane is located at
the reduced section.
Anchor
size, db
Stress area
Minimum
Threaded section
thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(mm2)
section, dm (mm)
(MPa)
(MPa)
Reduced section
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
Section
modulus, Z
(mm3)
M6
20.1
4.2
460
570
660
830
M8
36.6
5.8
430
540
600
750
12.7
31.2
M10
58
7.6
380
470
480
600
62.3
M12
84.3
8.9
330
410
450
560
109.2
M16
157
12.1
290
370
400
500
277.5
M20
245
16.1
360
450
360
450
540.9
M24
353
19.1
360
450
360
450
935.5
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES - Stainless Steel
Anchor
size, db
Stress area
Minimum
Threaded section
thread section, As diameter reduced Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(mm2)
section, dm (mm)
(MPa)
(MPa)
Reduced section
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
Section
modulus, Z
(mm3)
M6
20.1
4.2
320
400
470
590
M8
36.6
5.8
350
430
480
600
12.7
31.2
M10
58
7.6
380
470
480
600
62.3
M12
84.3
8.9
360
450
480
600
109.2
M16
157
12.1
480
600
480
600
277.5
M20
245
16.1
480
600
480
600
540.9
M24
353
19.1
480
600
480
600
935.5
71
10
TruBolt™
10.4
STEP 1
90
Notes:
~ Tension limited by carbon steel capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
80
70
60
50
M24
40
30
M20
20
M16
M12
M10
10
M8
M6
0
0
10
20
30
50
40
70
60
80
90
Anchor size, db
Edge distance, em
Anchor spacing, am
M6
45
30
M8
55
35
M10
60
40
M12
65
45
M16
75
50
M20
95
60
h = Le - t
Checkpoint
72
1
M24
140
95
STEP 2
10
TruBolt™
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Hole diameter, dh (mm)
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
Effective Depth, h (mm)
25
30
35
40
50
65
80
95
110
125
145
160
180
200
4.2
5.5
6.9
8.5
11.9
17.6
24.0
6.9
8.5
11.9
17.6
24.0
31.0
8.5
11.9
17.6
24.0
31.0
38.7
11.9
17.6
24.0
31.0
38.7
46.8
58.5
17.6
24.0
31.0
38.7
46.8
58.5
67.8
24.0
31.0
38.7
46.8
58.5
67.8
81.0
31.0
38.7
46.8
58.5
67.8
81.0
94.8
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.00
50
60
70
80
100
125
150
175
200
230
1
0.97
0.88
0.77
0.66
0.59
0.55
0.51
0.49
0.46
0.45
0.43
0.42
1
0.86
0.73
0.65
0.59
0.55
0.52
0.49
0.48
0.46
0.44
1
0.95
0.80
0.71
0.64
0.60
0.56
0.53
0.50
0.48
0.46
1
0.87
0.77
0.69
0.64
0.60
0.56
0.53
0.51
0.49
1
0.88
0.79
0.72
0.67
0.62
0.59
0.56
0.53
1
0.91
0.83
0.77
0.70
0.66
0.62
0.59
1
0.94
0.86
0.78
0.74
0.69
0.65
1
0.95
0.86
0.81
0.75
0.71
1
0.94
0.88
0.82
0.77
1
0.97
0.90
0.84
25
30
35
40
50
65
80
95
110
125
145
160
180
200
73
10
TruBolt™
30
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
0.70
0.67
0.64
0.63
0.60
0.58
0.56
0.55
0.55
0.54
0.53
0.77
0.72
0.69
0.67
0.63
0.60
0.58
0.57
0.56
0.55
0.55
0.54
0.54
0.53
0.83
0.78
0.74
0.71
0.67
0.63
0.60
0.59
0.58
0.57
0.56
0.55
0.55
0.54
0.90
0.83
0.79
0.75
0.70
0.65
0.63
0.61
0.59
0.58
0.57
0.56
0.56
0.55
1
0.94
0.88
0.83
0.77
0.71
0.67
0.64
0.62
0.61
0.59
0.58
0.57
0.57
1
0.98
0.92
0.83
0.76
0.71
0.68
0.65
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.58
1
0.92
0.82
0.76
0.72
0.69
0.67
0.64
0.63
0.62
0.60
1
0.88
0.81
0.76
0.73
0.70
0.67
0.66
0.64
0.63
1
0.95
0.86
0.81
0.77
0.73
0.70
0.68
0.66
0.65
1
0.92
0.85
0.80
0.77
0.73
0.71
0.69
0.67
1
0.94
0.88
0.83
0.79
0.76
0.73
0.71
1
0.95
0.90
0.84
0.81
0.78
0.75
1
0.97
0.90
0.86
0.82
0.79
1
0.96
0.92
0.87
0.83
400
25
30
35
40
50
65
80
95
110
125
145
160
180
200
30
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
0.40
0.33
0.29
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.09
0.53
0.44
0.38
0.33
0.27
0.21
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.67
0.56
0.48
0.42
0.33
0.26
0.21
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.80
0.67
0.57
0.50
0.40
0.31
0.25
0.21
0.18
0.16
0.14
0.13
0.11
0.10
1
0.89
0.76
0.67
0.53
0.41
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.18
0.17
0.15
0.13
1
0.95
0.83
0.67
0.51
0.42
0.35
0.30
0.27
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.17
1
0.83
0.64
0.52
0.44
0.38
0.33
0.29
0.26
0.23
0.21
1
0.77
0.63
0.53
0.45
0.40
0.34
0.31
0.28
0.25
1
0.90
0.73
0.61
0.53
0.47
0.40
0.36
0.32
0.29
1
0.83
0.70
0.61
0.53
0.46
0.42
0.37
0.33
1
0.88
0.76
0.67
0.57
0.52
0.46
0.42
1
0.91
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.56
0.50
1
0.93
1
0.80 0.92
0.73 0.83
0.65 0.74
0.58 0.67
25
30
35
40
50
65
80
95
110
125
145
160
180
200
Checkpoint
2
74
STEP 3
TruBolt™
10
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Carbon steel
9.1
15.7
21.8
27.8
45.5
72.5
103.1
316 Stainless steel
6.4
12.6
21.8
29.9
55.2
97.7
–
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
75
10
TruBolt™
STEP 4
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
5.4
7.6
11.7
21.5
33.1
46.3
60.9
76.7
6.1
8.5
13.1
24.1
37.0
51.8
68.0
85.7
M12
M16
9.3
14.3
26.4
40.6
56.7
74.5
93.9
136.9
30.4
46.9
65.5
86.1
108.5
158.1
M20
M24
45
60
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
450
600
850
3.1
4.7
6.6
10.1
18.6
28.7
40.1
52.7
52.4
73.2
96.2
121.3
176.8
272.2
80.2
105.4
132.8
193.7
298.1
502.7
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
45
60
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
450
600
850
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.86
0.94
1.00
0.60
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.58
0.63
0.66
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.56
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.57
0.58
0.61
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.82
0.90
0.98
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.96
1.00
0.51
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.77
0.86
0.94
1.00
0.51
0.52
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
1.00
0.51
0.51
0.51
0.52
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.69
0.74
0.85
0.97
30
50
60
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
800
1000
1500
2000
76
10
TruBolt™
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Anchor size, db
Carbon steel
316 Stainless steel
M6
5.7
4.0
M8
9.8
7.8
M10
13.5
13.5
M12
17.1
18.9
M16
28.8
46.7
M20
44.9
72.9
M24
78.7
–
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
77
10
TruBolt™
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
™
Ramset TruBolt™ Anchor,
Example
Ramset™ TruBolt™ Anchor,
M20 (T20160).
™
78
AnkaScrew™
11.1
11
AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchor
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation setting
thread forming anchor.
Fast and easy to install:
~ Simply screws into hole.
Fast and easy to remove:
~ Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts to grind off.
Close to edge and for close anchor spacing:
~ Does not expand and burst concrete.
~ Pallet racking.
~ Temporary safety barriers.
~ Conveyors.
~ Pipe brackets.
~ Gate hinges into brickwork.
~ Temporary hand rails.
~ Bottom plates.
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean thoroughly with brush.
Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.
2. Using a socket wrench, screw the AnkaScrew™ into the hole using slight
pressure until the self tapping action starts.
3. Tighten the AnkaScrew™. If resistance is experienced when tightening,
unscrew anchor one turn and re-tighten. Ensure not to over tighten.
4. For optimum performance, a torque wrench should be used.
79
11
AnkaScrew™
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
6
8
10
12
Drilled hole Fixture hole
Anchor
Tightening
torque, Tr
(mm)
(mm)
depth, h (mm)
(Nm)
30
6
8
37
25
45
40
8
10
50
40
60
50
10
12
62
60
75
60
12
15
75
80
90
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
Shear, Va
distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
f’c > 20 MPa
55
3.7
25
50
62
4.1
70
4.5
65
5.6
35
70
75
7.0
85
8.4
75
9.5
40
80
87
11.6
100
13.8
85
12.9
50
100
100
14.8
115
16.7
Tension, Na
20 MPa
25 MPa
32 MPa
2.0
2.4
2.6
2.6
3.0
3.3
3.2
3.8
4.1
3.0
3.6
3.9
4.1
4.8
5.2
5.2
6.1
6.6
4.4
5.1
5.6
5.9
7.0
7.5
7.7
9.1
9.8
6.2
7.3
7.9
8.6
10.2
11.0
11.3
13.3
14.4
11.2
Anchor
size, db
Part No.
Effective length, Le
(mm)
Hex Head
Hex Flange
Csk Pozi
Csk Internal Hex
50
75
100
60
75
100
60
75
100
150
75
100
150
–
–
–
AS08060H
AS08075H
AS08100H
AS10060H
AS10075H
AS10100H
AS10150H
AS12075H
AS12100H
AS12150H
AS06050H
AS06075H
AS06100H
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
AS06050F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
AS08075F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
8
10
12
5 * dh
11.3
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
6
8
10
12
80
Stress
area, As
(mm2)
22.9
42.4
69.4
84.1
Yield
strength, fy
(MPa)
640
640
640
640
UTS, fu
(MPa)
800
800
800
800
11
AnkaScrew™
11.4
STEP 1
25
Notes:
~ Shear limited by steel capacity at h = 7.5 dh
~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steel
capacity and concrete capacity at h = 7.5 dh
No
~ edge or spacing effects.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
20
15
12
10
10
8
5
6
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Anchor size, db
e m, a m
6
20
8
25
10
30
12
35
5 * dh
Checkpoint
1
81
11
AnkaScrew™
STEP 2
Anchor size, db
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
75
90
6
4.3
5.1
6.0
6.9
8
6.4
7.5
8.6
9.8
10.9
10
9.3
10.6
12.0
16.3
12
13.2
18.3
23.9
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.85
25
0.92
32
1.00
40
1.08
8
10
12
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
6
0.88
1
0.85
0.96
1
0.83
0.91
1
0.81
0.88
0.96
1
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
82
6
0.78
0.85
0.92
1
8
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.92
1
10
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.88
0.92
0.96
1
12
0.81
0.85
0.88
0.92
1
11
AnkaScrew™
Checkpoint
2
6
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
70
0.56
0.69
0.83
1
8
0.52
0.63
0.73
0.83
0.94
1
10
0.50
0.58
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.92
1
12
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.69
0.76
0.83
1
STEP 3
6
8
10
12
Heat Treated Carbon Steel
14.6
27.1
44.4
53.8
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
83
11
AnkaScrew™
STEP 4
6
8
10
12
20
25
30
35
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
400
0.9
1.3
1.7
2.1
3.6
6.6
10.1
18.6
28.7
1.5
1.9
2.4
4.1
7.6
11.7
21.5
33.1
46.3
2.2
2.7
4.6
8.5
13.1
24.1
37.0
51.8
68.0
3.0
5.1
9.3
14.3
26.4
40.6
56.7
74.5
114.8
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
20
25
30
35
50
75
100
150
200
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.90
1.00
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.77
0.83
0.93
1.00
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.79
0.87
0.96
1.00
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.90
1.00
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.67
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.55
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.95
1.00
250
300
400
0.52
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.86
0.98
1.00
0.52
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.73
0.80
1.00
20
25
30
35
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
450
600
1000
84
11
AnkaScrew™
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
h ≥ 5 x dh
h ≥ 6 x dh
h ≥ 7 x dh
h ≥ 7.5 x dh
6
6.8
7.7
8.6
9.1
8
12.6
14.3
16.0
16.8
10
20.7
23.4
26.2
27.5
12
25.0
28.4
31.7
33.4
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
85
11
AnkaScrew™
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
™
Ramset AnkaScrew™ Anchor,
Example
™
Ramset AnkaScrew™ Anchor,
12 mm (AS12100H).
™
86
DynaBolt™
12.1
12
DynaBolt™ Sleeve Anchors
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
The DynaBolt™ Anchor is a medium duty, torque setting
expansion anchor.
Improved security:
~ Patented sleeve crushes to close gaps up to 5 mm and pulls down
to induce clamp load.
Fast installation:
Versatile:
~ Choice of head styles.
~ From AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel.
~ Bottom plate and batten fixing.
~ Installing signs, handrails and gates.
~ Installing duct work, pipe brackets
and suspended ceilings.
~ Corner guards.
Installation
1. Use fixture as a template, drill a hole to the correct diameter and depth.
Clean hole thoroughly with brush.
2. Remove debris by way of a vacuum or hand pump, compressed air, etc.
Insert anchor tightly against fixture and tighten with spanner.
3. Continue tightening, allowing the sleeve to twist and
pull down the fixture firmly onto the base material.
87
12
DynaBolt™
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
6
6
8
10
12
8
10
12
Fixture hole
Anchor
diameter, df
effective
(mm)
depth, h (mm)
Tightening
torque, Tr
(Nm)
20
8
10
12
15
30
55
105
70
2.5
3.0
3.7
3.7
30
50
95
65
4.0
3.0
3.8
4.3
40
75
150
100
4.0
4.6
5.8
5.8
35
50
100
70
6.4
3.8
4.8
5.4
35
20
20
2.1
2.3
85
165
110
6.4
6.5
8.2
9.2
65
125
85
7.9
4.6
5.9
6.6
55
90
180
120
7.9
6.5
8.2
9.2
105
210
140
7.9
8.5
10.8
11.6
75
145
95
10.5
7.5
9.5
10.6
105
210
140
10.5
10.7
13.6
15.2
80
135
270
180
10.5
13.1
15.3
15.3
70
90
180
120
15.6
10.7
13.6
15.2
130
255
170
15.6
14.4
18.2
20.3
195
390
260
15.6
18.3
22.8
22.8
70
24
1.6
40
50
19
2.5
50
55
16
Shear, Va
60
15
40
Tension, Na
20 MPa
25 MPa
32 MPa
30
10
60
16
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
spacing, ac thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
85
85
165
100
12.2
Anchor
Effective
size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm)
6
8
10
Zn
Part No.
Gal
S/S
34
DP06040
–
DP06040SS
53
DP06060
–
DP06060SS
34
DP08040
–
DP08040SS
Anchor
Effective
size, dh (mm) length, Le (mm)
12
Part No.
Gal
Zn
S/S
47
DP12060
DP12060GH DP12060SS
62
DP12070
DP12070GH DP12070SS
90
DP12100
DP12100GH
DP12100SS
DP12125SS
60
DP08065
–
DP08065SS
118
DP12125
DP12125GH
86
DP08090
–
DP08090SS
51
DP16065
DP16065GH
–
34
DP10040
DP10040GH
–
95
DP16110
DP16110GH
–
42
DP10050
DP10050GH DP10050SS
129
DP16140
DP16140GH
–
69
DP10075
DP10075GH DP10075SS
–
96
DP10100
DP10100GH
DP10100SS
117
DP10125
–
–
16
20
70
DP20080
DP20080GH
102
DP20115
DP20115GH
–
146
DP20160
–
–
5 * dh
12.3
88
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
Thread
size, db
Stress
area, As
(mm2)
Carbon steel
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
Stainless steel
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
Section
modulus
Z (mm3)
6
M4.5
11.3
720
900
480
600
5.4
8
M6
20.1
640
800
480
600
12.7
10
M8
36.6
560
700
480
600
31.2
12
M10
58.0
440
550
480
600
62.3
16
M12
84.3
400
500
–
–
109.2
20
M16
157.0
320
400
–
–
277.5
DynaBolt™
12
12.4
STEP 1
50
Notes:
~ Tension limited by the lesser of carbon steel capacity
and concrete cone capacity at h = 5 dh.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
40
30
20
20
16
12
10
10
8
6
0
0
10
30
20
40
Edge distance, em
Anchor spacing, am
6
55
35
8
60
40
10
70
45
12
70
45
16
75
50
20
85
55
5 * dh
Checkpoint
1
89
12
DynaBolt™
STEP 2
6
8
3.7
5.2
6.9
3.7
5.2
6.9
10.6
10
12
16
20
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
5.2
6.9
10.6
14.8
6.9
10.6
14.8
19.4
10.6
14.8
19.4
24.4
29.9
14.8
19.4
24.4
29.9
35.6
41.7
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
60
70
80
90
100
125
150
1
0.97
0.88
0.77
0.69
0.63
0.61
0.59
0.57
0.56
0.55
0.53
1
0.86
0.77
0.70
0.67
0.65
0.63
0.61
0.59
0.58
1
0.95
0.84
0.77
0.74
0.71
0.68
0.66
0.64
0.63
1
0.92
0.83
0.80
0.77
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.67
1
0.97
0.92
0.88
0.85
0.82
0.79
0.77
1
0.96
0.92
0.89
0.86
1
0.94
0.91
1
0.95
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
0.83
0.78
0.74
0.71
0.67
0.64
0.62
0.61
0.60
0.60
0.59
0.58
0.58
0.90
0.83
0.79
0.75
0.70
0.67
0.64
0.63
0.63
0.62
0.61
0.60
0.60
1
0.94
0.88
0.83
0.77
0.72
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.65
0.63
0.63
1
0.98
0.92
0.83
0.78
0.74
0.72
0.71
0.70
0.69
0.67
0.67
1
0.92
0.85
0.80
0.78
0.76
0.75
0.73
0.71
0.71
1
0.92
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.79
0.78
0.75
0.75
1
0.99
0.92
0.89
0.86
0.84
0.82
0.79
0.79
1
0.98
0.94
0.92
0.89
0.87
0.83
0.83
1
0.97
0.94
0.92
0.88
0.88
1
0.99
0.96
0.92
0.92
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
90
300
DynaBolt™
12
50
60
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
0.67
0.56
0.48
0.42
0.33
0.28
0.24
0.22
0.21
0.20
0.19
0.18
0.17
0.80
0.67
0.57
0.50
0.40
0.33
0.29
0.27
0.25
0.24
0.22
0.21
0.20
1
0.89
0.76
0.67
0.53
0.44
0.38
0.36
0.33
0.31
0.30
0.28
0.27
1
0.95
0.83
0.67
0.56
0.48
0.44
0.42
039
0.37
0.35
0.33
1
0.83
0.69
0.60
0.56
0.52
0.49
0.46
0.44
0.42
1
0.83
0.71
0.67
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.53
0.50
1
0.97
0.83
0.78
0.73
0.69
0.65
0.61
0.58
1
0.95
0.89
0.83
0.78
0.74
0.70
0.67
1
1
0.94
0.88
0.83
0.79
0.75
1
0.98
0.93
0.88
0.83
300
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
Checkpoint
2
STEP 3
6
8
10
12
16
20
Carbon steel
8.1
12.9
20.5
25.5
33.7
50.2
316 Stainless steel
5.4
9.6
17.6
27.8
–
–
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
91
12
DynaBolt™
STEP 4
6
8
10
12
16
20
3.0
4.1
5.4
11.7
21.5
33.1
46.3
60.9
93.7
4.6
6.1
13.1
24.1
37.0
51.8
68.0
104.8
5.1
6.7
14.3
26.4
40.6
56.7
74.5
114.8
5.9
7.7
16.6
30.4
46.9
65.5
86.1
132.5
185.2
35
40
50
60
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
2.1
2.6
3.6
4.7
10.1
18.6
28.7
40.1
52.7
8.6
18.5
34.0
52.4
73.2
96.2
148.2
207.0
272.2
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
35
40
50
60
100
150
200
250
300
0.81
0.84
0.90
0.93
0.99
1.00
0.78
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.93
1.00
0.72
0.74
0.78
0.80
0.84
0.90
1.00
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.61
0.62
0.64
0.65
0.67
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
0.95
1.00
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.80
0.83
1.00
0.56
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.73
0.75
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.68
0.70
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.67
0.83
0.92
1.00
400
500
600
55
60
70
75
85
100
125
150
200
225
250
500
625
750
1000
1250
1500
92
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.61
0.63
0.75
0.81
0.88
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.58
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00
12
DynaBolt™
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Carbon steel
316 Stainless steel
6
5.0
3.4
8
8.0
6.0
10
12.7
10.9
12
15.8
17.3
16
20.9
–
20
31.1
–
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
93
12
DynaBolt™
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
™
Ramset DynaBolt™ Anchor,
Example
™
Ramset DynaBolt™ Anchor,
16 mm (DP16110GH).
™
94
DynaSet™
13.1
13
DynaSet™ Drop In Anchors
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
The DynaSet™ Anchor is a medium duty, displacement
setting expansion anchor.
Fast installation:
~ Shallow embedment and simple setting action.
Convenient:
~ Threaded rod can be cut to equal lengths.
~ Flanged version sits flush with surface in overdrilled holes.
Ideal as reusable anchorage point:
~ Internal threaded design.
~ No protruding metal parts when bolt or rod is removed.
~ Suspended services, such as cable
tray, ventilation ducts or plumbing
fixtures.
~ Stadium seating.
~ Holding down machinery.
~ Installing racking.
~ Suspended ceilings.
Installation
1. Drill hole at recommended diameter, to at least the anchor length in
depth. Clean hole thoroughly with a brush. Remove debris by way of a
vacuum pump, compressed air, hand pump etc.
2. Insert anchor and push to required depth. Using the special setting tool,
drive the expander plug down until shoulder of the setting punch meets
top of the anchor.
3. Position fixture then insert the bolt and tighten with spanner.
The DynaSet™ anchor remains set in position if the bolt is removed.
95
13
DynaSet™
Anchor
size, db
M6
M8
M10
M10 Flanged
M12
M16
M20
Drilled hole
Anchor
Tightening
diameter, dh
effective
torque, Tr
(mm)
depth, h (mm)
(Nm)
8
23
6
10
28
10
12
38
20
12
28
12
16**
48
40
20
63
95
24
78
180
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
80
60
50
100
70
60
135
95
80
100
70
60
170
120
100
220
160
130
275
195
160
Shear, Va
2.2
2.9
3.5
2.9
6.6
10.4
13.1
Tension, Na
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
2.2
2.8
3.1
3.0
3.8
4.2
4.7
6.0
6.7
3.1
3.8
4.2
6.7
8.5
9.5
8.9
11.2
12.6
13.9
17.5
19.6
** Hole diameter = 15 mm for M12SS
13.2
Anchor
length, L
(mm)
M6
25
M8
30
M10
40
M10 Flanged
30
M12
50
M16
65
60
M20
80
Anchor
size, db
13.3
Part No.
Zn
S/S
DSM06
DSM08
DSM10
DSF10
DSM12
DSM16
–
DSM20
DSM06SS
DSM08SS
DSM10SS
–
DSM12SS
–
DSM16SS
–
Read value from “Description and Part
Numbers” table, page 96.
Anchor
size, db
M6
M8
M10
M12
M12 S/S
M16
M20
96
Effective
depth, h
(mm)
23
28
38
28
48
63
58
78
Anchor
stress area, As
(mm2)
24.3
32.0
40.7
96.3
72.0
125.5
159.8
Carbon Steel
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
350
440
350
440
340
430
260
320
–
–
320
450
320
450
Stainless Steel
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
480
600
480
600
480
600
–
–
480
600
480
600
480
600
Section
modulus, Z
(mm3)
36.9
63.7
100.2
292.9
214.9
502.1
789.6
DynaSet™
13
13.4
STEP 1
40
Notes:
~ Tension limited by carbon steel capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
~ Bolt capacity to be confirmed separately.
30
20
M20
M16
10
M12
M10
M8
M6
0
0
10
30
20
Anchor size, db
Edge distance, em
Anchor spacing, am
M6
80
60
M8
100
70
M10
135
95
M10 F
100
70
M12
170
120
M16
220
160
M20
275
195
Numbers” table on page 96.
Checkpoint
1
97
13
DynaSet™
STEP 2
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
M10 F
M12
M16
M20
23
28
38
28
48
63
78
4.0
4.5
5.1
5.7
5.4
6.0
6.8
7.6
8.5
9.5
10.7
12.0
5.4
6.0
6.8
7.6
12.0
13.5
15.2
17.0
18.1
20.3
22.9
25.6
25.0
27.9
31.6
35.3
M10 F
M12
M16
M20
Concrete compressive
strength, f’c (MPa)
20
25
32
40
Xnc = 1.0 as concrete compressive strength effect included in table 2a.
Xne = 1.0 for all valid edge distance values.
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
60
65
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
150
170
180
190
200
220
230
235
98
0.93
0.97
1
0.92
0.98
1
0.92
0.98
1
0.94
0.98
1
0.92
0.95
1
0.90
0.95
0.98
1
0.93
0.97
0.99
1
DynaSet™
13
M16
M20
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
M10 F
M12
60
65
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
150
170
180
190
200
220
230
235
Checkpoint
2
0.87
0.94
1
0.83
0.95
1
0.83
0.95
1
0.88
0.96
1
0.83
0.90
1
0.79
0.90
0.95
1
0.81
0.85
0.94
0.98
1
STEP 3
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
Carbon steel
8.5
11.2
13.8
24.7
40.2
51.1
316 Stainless steel
11.7
15.4
19.5
34.6
60.2
–
Establish the reduced characteristic ultimate bolt steel
tensile capacity, ØNtf from literature supplied by the
specified bolt manufacturer. For nominal expected
capacities of bolts manufactured to ISO standards,
refer to section 28, page 161.
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
99
13
DynaSet™
STEP 4
Anchor size, db
M6
M8
M10
M12
M12 S/S
26.4
33.2
40.6
56.7
74.5
93.9
114.8
38.3
46.9
65.5
86.1
108.5
132.5
37.1
45.4
63.4
83.3
105.0
128.3
M16
M20
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
300
350
400
500
650
8.4
11.7
16.4
21.5
27.1
33.1
46.3
13.1
18.3
24.1
30.3
37.0
51.8
68.0
73.2
96.2
121.3
148.2
207.0
105.4
132.8
162.3
226.8
336.2
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
80
100
125
150
175
200
250
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.82
0.90
1.00
0.60
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.76
0.82
0.90
0.98
1.00
0.58
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.71
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.68
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.96
1.00
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.55
0.56
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.82
0.90
1.00
300
350
400
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.73
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
500
650
60
70
80
100
120
160
200
250
300
400
500
625
750
875
1000
1250
1625
100
0.55
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.61
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.56
0.58
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.88
1.00
13
DynaSet™
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Anchor size, db
Carbon steel
316 Stainless steel
M6
4.5
6.1
M8
5.8
7.9
M10
7.1
10.0
M12
13.2
17.8
M16
20.9
31.3
M20
26.3
39.4
shear capacity, ØVsf from literature supplied by the
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
101
13
DynaSet™
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
Ramset™ DynaSet™ Anchor,
(Anchor Size) ((Part Number)) with a
(Bolt Grade) bolt.
Example
Ramset™ DynaSet™ Anchor, M16 (DSM16)
with a Gr. 4.6 bolt.
™
102
RediDrive™
14.1
14
RediDrive™ Hammer In Anchors
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE
MATERIAL
Product
The RediDrive™ Anchor is a light duty, impact setting
interference fit anchor.
Fast installation:
~ Anchor is simply hammered in.
Secure:
~ Mushroom head is tamper resistant and interference fit is permanent.
Suitable for non-coastal exterior use:
~ Mechanical Zinc Plating.
~ Conduit and pipework.
~ Window frames.
~ Battens.
~ Fire collars.
Installation
1. Drill 5 mm diameter hole to correct depth
using fixture as template.
Clean thoroughly with brush.
2. Remove debris by way of vacuum or hand
pump, compressed air etc.
3. Insert dog point into hole through fixture and
strike head of anchor using mash hammer
until head is flush with surface.
103
14
RediDrive™
These anchors are not recommended for structure critical
applications and are typically used for simple fixing and finishing
applications. Their capacity information is therefore presented in
simple Working Load Limit format.
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
5
14.2
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
Fixture hole
diameter, df
(mm)
(mm)
5
6.5
5
depth, h (mm)
18
25
30
(mm)
63
Minimum dimensions*
Anchor
Substrate
spacing, ac
thickness, bm
(mm)
75
(mm)
48
60
70
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
2.1
4.6
4.9
20 MPa
1.3
1.7
2.6
30 MPa
1.8
2.5
3.6
(mm)
20
30
40
50
65
75
Part No.
Zn
RD05020
RD05030
RD05040
RD05050
RD05065
RD05075
h = Le - t
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
5
104
Edge
distance, ec
Anchor size, db
(mm)
14.3
Anchor
effective
Stress
area, As
(mm2)
20
Carbon steel
Yield strength, fy
(MPa)
800
UTS, fu
(MPa)
1000
Section
modulus
Z (mm3)
12.3
ShureDrive™
15.1
15
ShureDrive™ Anchors
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE
MATERIAL
Product
The ShureDrive™ Anchor is a light duty, impact setting
Convenient:
~ Simply insert through fixture and hammer in.
Economical:
~ Zinc body and Zinc Plated nail.
~ Galvanised brick ties.
~ Signs.
~ Switch boxes.
~ Shelf brackets.
Secure:
~ Tamper resistant head style.
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean
thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way
of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.
2. Insert ShureDrive™ into hole through fixture
until head is tight against fixture.
3. Drive home expansion nail with hammer.
105
15
ShureDrive™
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
5
6
15.2
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
5
6
Fixture hole
Anchor
diameter, df
effective
(mm)
depth, h (mm)
6
19
7
25
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
distance, ec
spacing, ac
(mm)
(mm)
20
30
24
36
1.0
1.4
Part No.
Anchor size, Effective length,
db (mm)
Le (mm)
Zn
S/S
5
22
SDM05022
–
30
SDM06030 SDM06030SS
6
50
SDM06050
–
106
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
20 MPa
40 MPa
0.8
0.80
1.0
1.0
h = Le - t
RamPlug™
16.1
16
RamPlug™
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE
MATERIAL
Product
The RamPlug™ Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting
~ Anchor simply hammered in.
Convenient:
~ Tangs ensure anchor sits flush with substrate surface in over drilled holes.
Versatile:
~ Anchor accepts many types of screw.
~ Electrical fittings.
~ Lightweight steel.
~ Timber.
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth. Clean
thoroughly with brush. Remove debris by way
of vacuum or hand pump, compressed air etc.
2. Insert the RamPlug™ into hole until flush with
the surface.
3. Pass wood screw through fixture and into the
RamPlug™. Tighten with screwdriver.
Note: (1) Screw length = length of Ramplug™ + thickness of fixture
(2) Ultra long plugs supplied with screw.
107
16
RamPlug™
Anchor
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
Fixture hole
Anchor
diameter, df
effective
(mm)
depth, h (mm)
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
spacing, ac thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Tension, Na
Shear, Va Conc. compressive strength, f’c
20 MPa
40 MPa
DNP05
DNP06
DNP07
DNP08
DNP10
DNP12
5
6
7
8
10
12
5
6
7
8
10
12
6
7
7
8
9
12
25
30
30
40
50
60
20
24
28
32
40
48
30
36
42
48
60
72
50
55
55
65
75
85
0.4
0.8
1.1
1.3
2.4
3.0
0.30
0.50
0.65
0.80
1.20
1.80
0.30
0.50
0.65
0.80
1.20
1.80
DLP06
DLP08
DLP10
6
8
10
6
8
10
7
8
9
60
80
80
24
32
40
36
48
60
85
105
105
0.4
0.8
1.1
0.35
0.45
0.55
0.35
0.45
0.55
DUP10080
DUP10100
DUP10135
DUP10160
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
9
9
80
100
135
160
40
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
105
125
160
185
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
16.2
Anchor size, db
(mm)
5
6
7
8
10
12
* No. 3 Pozi Bit.
108
(mm)
25
30
60
35
40
80
50
80
90
100
140
160
60
Standard
DNP05
DNP06
–
DNP07
DNP08
–
DNP10
–
–
–
–
–
DNP12
Long
–
–
DLP06
–
–
DLP08
–
–
DLP10
–
–
–
–
Part No.
Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* Ultra Long - Hex Head
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
DUP10080F
DUP10080H
–
–
DUP10100F
DUP10100H
DUP10135F
DUP10135H
DUP10160F
DUP10160H
–
–
17.1
17
GENERAL INFORMATION
*
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
The EasyDrive Nylon Anchor is a light duty, impact setting
(ED)
Fast installation:
~ Anchor simply hammered or screwed in.
Versatile:
~ Choice of head styles.
Corrosion resistant:
~ Stainless steel nail.
Economical:
~ Zinc Plated nail.
~ Timber battens.
~ Skirting boards.
~ External flashing.
~ Conduit brackets.
~ Down pipes.
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth using
fixture as template. Clean thoroughly with
brush. Remove debris by way of vacuum or
hand pump, compressed air etc.
2. Insert the EasyDrive nylon anchor into hole
through fixture until head is tight against
fixture.
3. Screw or tap home expansion nail with
hammer. Expansion nail is easily removed
with screwdriver.
109
17
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
5
6
6.5
8
17.2
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
5
6
6.5
8
Fixture hole
Anchor
diameter, df
effective
(mm)
depth, h (mm)
5
20
6
30
6.5
25
8
40
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
spacing, ac
thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
20
30
45
24
36
55
26
39
50
32
48
65
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
5
6
6.5
8
Effective
length, Le
(mm)
20
25
33
38
50
42
55
70
25
38
50
75
75
120
Mushroom Head
Zn*
S/S*
TNM320
–
TNM325
TNM325SS
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
TNM425
TNM425SS
TNM438
–
TNM450
–
TNM475
–
–
–
–
–
* Expansion nail.
h = Le - t
110
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Conc. compressive strength, f’c
20 MPa
40 MPa
0.50
0.20
0.20
0.75
0.30
0.30
0.80
0.30
0.30
1.00
0.40
0.40
Part No.
Round Head
Zn*
S/S*
–
–
TNR325
TNR325SS
–
–
TNR338
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
TNR425
–
TNR438
–
TNR450
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flat Head
Zn*
S/S*
–
–
TNL325
–
ED05033
ED05033SS
–
–
ED05050
–
ED06042
–
ED06055
ED06055SS
ED06075
ED06075SS
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ED08080
–
ED08120
–
Csk Head
Zn*
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
TNF425
TNF438
TNF450
TNF475
–
–
Mechanical Anchoring Notes
111
CHEMICAL
ANCHORING
OVERVIEW
The key feature of ChemSet™ chemical anchors is that they do
not impart an expansion stress on the surrounding substrate.
This makes chemical anchoring ideal for close to edge fixings
or for close anchor spacings.
The superior bond of ChemSet™ chemical anchors makes them
ideal for installing starter bars, because the required pull out
strength is achieved in shallower holes than is possible with
cementitious mortars.
The polymer matrix of ChemSet™ chemical anchors makes
them ideal for cyclic load cases and vibrating loads, such as
those encountered in machinery and heavy plant hold down.
The Ramset™ ChemSet™ range of chemical anchoring systems
provide different options of cost and performance for the
designer and for the applicator.
For the designer, selection of the correct chemical anchoring
solution to his or her design problem will often be based upon
the strength capacity of the system, but may also involve
issues such as chemical resistance.
The following section introduces the designer and/or engineer
to the components of the ChemSet™ chemical anchoring range
and provides information to allow selection of the anchor with
the right capacity for various environmental conditions.
The superior strength of grade 5.8 carbon steel threaded stud
anchors gives the ChemSet™ chemical anchor systems greater
steel capacity than regular grade 4.6 threaded rod.
Estimating Chart
Fixings per cartridge for ChemSet™ Injection:
Anchor
size
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
112
Nominal
hole diameter
(mm)
10
12
14
18
24
26
Nominal
hole depth
(mm)
80
90
110
125
150
160
Number of fixings
Mini
35
24
15
10
4
4
101
Cartridge
96
66
43
27
11
12
Jumbo
195
133
87
55
22
24
800 Series
Cartridge
Jumbo
91
193
62
132
41
86
26
54
10
22
11
24
Chemical Anchoring
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud
18.1
18
ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
™
Steel threaded studs for use with all ChemSet
anchoring products, capsules and injection mortars.
Ensures maximum performance from ChemSet™
chemical anchors:
~ Made from high performance Grade 5.8 Steel.
Outstanding exterior resistance:
Convenient:
~ Supplied with nuts and washers and setting tool for
spin capsules.
~ Depth setting mark to ensure correct embedment.
18.2
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Anchor
length, L
(mm)
M8
110
M10
M12
18.3
Nominal effective Nominal fixture
depth, hn
thickness, t
(mm)
(mm)
Effective
length, Le
(mm)
Zn
Gal
S/S
95
CS08110
CS08110GH
CS08110SS
Part No.
80
15
130
90
25
115
CS10130
CS10130GH
CS10130SS
160
110
30
140
CS12160
CS12160GH
CS12160SS
180
110
50
160
CS12180
–
–
M16
190
125
40
165
CS16190
CS16190GH
CS16190SS
M20
260
150
75
225
CS20260
CS20260GH
CS20260SS
M24
300
160
105
265
CS24300
CS24300GH
CS24300SS
UTS, fu
(MPa)
Section
modulus, Z
(mm3)
Anchor
size, db
Carbon Steel
Min. diameter, dm Yield strength, fy
(mm)
(MPa)
UTS, fu
(MPa)
Stainless Steel
Stress Area, As Yield Strength, fy
(mm2)
(MPa)
M8
6.5
430
540
36.6
450
650
31.2
M10
8.2
430
540
58.0
450
650
62.3
M12
10.0
430
540
84.3
450
650
109.2
M16
14.0
420
520
157.0
450
650
277.5
M20
17.2
420
520
245.0
450
650
540.9
M24
20.7
420
520
353.0
450
650
935.5
113
18
18.4
Chemical Anchoring
GENERAL INFORMATION
Product
™
Steel threaded studs for use with ChemSet 101
injection mortar.
Economical:
~ Grade 4.6 Steel.
~ Zinc Plated.
Convenient:
~ Supplied with nuts and washers.
~ Depth setting mark for correct embedment.
Outstanding exterior resistance:
18.5
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
M12
M16
18.6
Nominal effective
depth, hn
(mm)
110
125
Nominal fixture
thickness, t
(mm)
30
40
Effective
length, Le
(mm)
140
165
Part No.
Zn
CR12160
CR16190
Gal
CR12160GH
CR16190GH
Anchor size, db
(mm)
M12
M16
114
Anchor
length, L
(mm)
160
190
Stress area, As
(mm2)
84.3
157.0
Yield strength, fy
(MPa)
240
240
UTS, fu
(MPa)
400
400
Section modulus, Z
(mm3)
109.2
277.5
Chemical Anchoring
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule is a heavy
duty, peroxide initiated capsule anchor.
No measuring, no mess, no waste:
~ Adhesive is contained in pre-measured capsules.
Versatile:
~ Structural steel.
~ Machine hold down.
~ Factory fit out.
~ Fencing.
~ Stadium seating.
~ Balustrades.
~ Signs.
~ Applications requiring a set number
of fixings.
~ Use in damp or flooded holes or even underwater.
Fast installation:
~ Cures in minutes and can be loaded in 20 min (at 20°C).
High bond strength:
~ Acrylic adhesive.
High corrosion resistance:
(See table 5.3 pages 22 and 23.)
Installation
Installation temperature limits:
~ Substrate: -5°C to 35°C.
Load should not be applied to anchor until the
chemical has sufficiently cured as specified.
Service temperature limits:
-23°C to 60°C.
Setting Times
1. Drill recommended diameter and depth hole.
2. Clean hole with hole cleaning brush.
Remove all debris using hole blower.
3. Insert correct size Spin capsule into the hole.
4. Using appropriate driver accessories, drive
the ChemSet™ Anchor Stud into the hole
using a hammer drill (on rotation).
5. Cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture and tighten nut in accordance
with recommended tightening torque.
Substrate Temperature
19.1
19
20°C
15°C
10°C
5°C
0°C
-5°C
Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(hrs)
15
20 mins
25
30 mins
45
1
60
5
115
19
Chemical Anchoring
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details:
ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules and ChemSet™ Anchor Stud
Fixture hole
Anchor
diameter, df effective depth,
(mm)
h (mm)
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
M8
10
10
M10
12
M12
14
M16
M20
Tightening
torque, Tr
(Nm)
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va (kN)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
80
10
12
90
20
40
60
120
15
110
40
50
70
140
18
19
125
95
65
100
160
19.9
24
24
180
80
120
150
30
50
100
170**
M24
26
28
160
315
95
145
210**
Working Load Limit
Tension, Na (kN)
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
7.1
9.3
10.3
10.3
10.5
13.3
15.3
15.4
19.4
22.3
23.9
190
30.0
31.0
35.7
38.2
220
30.0
35.2
40.5
43.3
200
42.2
35.9
41.3
44.1
270
42.2
47.1
54.2
57.9
* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified strength limit state design process to verify capacity.
** Note: To achieve these non standard effective depths, use an additional CHEM08 Maxima™ spin capsule per hole.
19.2
DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsules
To suit ChemSet™ Anchor Stud
Capsule dimensions
19.3
Nominal diameter, d (mm)
Capsule length, L (mm)
Anchor size, db
Capsule
Part No.
9.5
80
M8
80
CHEM08
11
80
M10
90
CHEM10
13
95
M12
110
CHEM12
17
95
M16
125
CHEM16
21.5
115
M20
150
CHEM2024
21.5
115
M24
160
CHEM2024
Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
on page 113.
116
Chemical Anchoring
19
19.4
STEP 1
80
Notes:
~ Tension limited by concrete capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
70
60
50
M24
40
30
M20
20
M16
M12
10
M10
M8
0
0
10
20
30
50
40
60
70
80
90
100
Anchor size, db
e m , am
M8
25
M10
30
M12
35
M16
50
M20
60
M24
75
Anchor effective depth, h (mm) is read from the
“Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™ Maxima™
Spin Capsules (page 116).
Checkpoint
1
117
19
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 2
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
10
12
14
18
24
26
80
90
110
125
150
160
14.3
19.2
27.5
40.2
64.4
74.3
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.87
25
0.93
32
1.00
40
1.07
50
1.14
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
25
30
35
40
50
60
65
75
80
100
0.85
0.96
1
0.83
0.91
1
0.81
0.88
1
0.85
0.96
1
0.83
0.87
0.96
1
0.85
0.88
1
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
25
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
120
150
118
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.92
1
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1
0.74
0.78
0.85
0.92
1
0.76
0.81
0.89
1
0.75
0.81
0.92
1
0.76
0.85
0.92
1
Chemical Anchoring
19
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
25
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
120
150
Checkpoint
2
0.52
0.63
0.73
0.83
1
0.50
0.58
0.67
0.83
1
0.49
0.56
0.69
0.83
1
0.52
0.63
0.78
1
0.50
0.63
0.83
1
0.52
0.69
0.83
1
STEP 3
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
14.2
22.7
33.8
64.1
96.5
139.8
A4/316 Stainless Steel
16.5
26.1
37.9
70.7
110.3
158.9
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
119
19
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 4
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
2.4
3.0
5.1
6.7
9.3
20.1
40.6
2.6
3.2
5.5
7.2
10.1
21.7
43.8
80.5
M16
M20
M24
25
30
35
50
60
75
125
200
300
400
500
600
1.6
2.2
2.7
4.6
6.1
8.5
18.3
3.6
6.2
8.2
11.4
24.6
49.7
91.3
140.5
7.2
9.4
13.2
28.4
57.4
105.4
162.3
226.8
9.8
13.7
29.5
59.7
109.7
168.9
236.1
310.3
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
25
30
35
50
60
75
125
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.90
0.98
1.00
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.79
0.84
0.93
1.00
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.70
0.74
0.80
1.00
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.67
0.70
0.75
1.00
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.74
0.82
0.98
1.00
200
300
400
500
600
25
30
35
50
60
75
150
200
300
400
500
625
750
875
1000
1250
1500
120
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.60
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.56
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1.00
Chemical Anchoring
19
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
ChemSet Anchor Stud
8.9
14.1
21.0
39.7
59.9
86.8
12.7
23.9
34.7
64.6
100.8
145.2
™
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
121
19
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify – Spin Capsules
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule,
((Capsule Part Number)) with
(Anchor Size) grade 5.8
((Anchor Stud Part Number)).
Example
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Maxima™ Spin Capsule,
(CHEM16) with M16 grade 5.8
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud (CS16190).
™
122
Chemical Anchoring
20
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
ChemSet™ Injection 801 is a heavy duty, true epoxy
injection anchor.
ChemSet™ Injection 802 is a heavy duty, true epoxy
injection anchor.
Suitable for structural applications:
~ High bond strength.
Suitable for use in contact with drinking water:
~ Structural steel.
~ Starter bars.
~ Structural applications requiring high
strength and corrosion resistance in
dry holes.
~ Meets AS/NZ4020 - 1999.
Suitable for fire rated dowel bars:
~ Meets AS1530.4.
Suitable for diamond cored holes:
~ High bond strength.
Suitable for use in industrial environments where corrosion
and alkali resistance are required:
(See table 5.3 pages 22 and 23.)
Versatile:
~ Rapid cure for temperate climates and longer working time for deep holes
or hot climates.
Installation
~ Substrate: 5°C to 40°C.
~ Mortar: 18°C to 35°C.
-10°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
Hole must be dry.
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole.
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly,
ensuring no air pockets form.
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor
Stud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning.
5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture.
801
20.1
802
Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(hrs)
Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(hrs)
40°C
–
–
7
10
30°C
25°C
20°C
3
4
6
10
12
14
12
20
25
17
20
23
10°C
5°C
40
75
24
36
90
120
33
66
Note: Cartridge temperature minimum 15°C.
123
20
Chemical Anchoring
ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Fixture hole
Anchor
(mm)
h (mm)
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
M8
10
10
M10
12
M12
14
M16
M20
Tightening
torque, Tr
(Nm)
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
80
10
12
90
20
40
60
120
7.1
15
110
40
50
70
140
10.5
18
19
125
95
65
100
160
19.9
16.9
24
24
180
80
120
150
30
50
100
170
M24
26
160
28
315
95
145
210
5.3
Working Load Limit
Tension, Na (kN)
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
6.5
6.5
6.5
8.6
9.9
10.3
12.5
14.4
15.3
19.6
20.8
190
30.0
24.3
28.1
29.9
220
30.0
29.3
33.9
36.1
200
43.4
28.8
33.3
35.5
270
43.4
43.3
50.1
53.4
20.2
Description
Cartridge Size
Climate
Part No.
ChemSet™ 801 Cartridge
400 ml
Temperate
C801C
ChemSet™ 801 Jumbo Cartridge
750 ml
Temperate
C801J
400 ml
Tropical
C802C
–
–
ISNE
™
ChemSet 802 Cartridge
Mixer Nozzle for 800 Series
Preferred h = hn otherwise,
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
t = total thickness of material(s) being fastened.
20.3
on page 113.
124
Chemical Anchoring
20
20.4
STEP 1
70
Notes:
~ Tension limited by concrete capacity
using nominal depths.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
60
50
40
M24
30
M20
20
M16
10
M12
M10
M8
0
0
10
20
30
50
40
60
70
80
90
100
Anchor size, db
e m, a m
M8
25
M10
30
M12
35
M16
50
M20
60
M24
75
Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for
ChemSet™ Anchor Studs (page 113).
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
Checkpoint
1
125
20
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 2
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
10
12
14
18
24
26
19.2
22.5
25.9
29.5
31.4
37.2
29.1
33.1
35.2
41.8
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
125
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
8.9
11.2
13.7
12.2
15.0
17.8
20.9
38.5
45.7
50.6
55.8
61.1
66.6
72.2
78.0
54.5
60.0
65.7
71.6
77.7
83.9
90.2
96.8
103.4
110.3
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud nominal depths.
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.87
25
0.93
32
1.00
40
1.07
50
1.14
Anchor size, db
25
30
35
40
50
60
65
75
80
100
M8
0.85
0.96
1
M10
0.83
0.91
1
M12
0.81
0.88
1
M16
0.85
0.96
1
M20
0.83
0.87
0.96
1
M24
0.85
0.88
1
Anchor size, db
25
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
120
150
126
M8
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.92
1
M10
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1
M12
0.74
0.78
0.85
0.92
1
M16
0.76
0.81
0.89
1
M20
0.75
0.81
0.92
1
M24
0.76
0.85
0.92
1
Chemical Anchoring
20
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
25
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
120
150
Checkpoint
2
0.52
0.63
0.73
0.83
1
0.50
0.58
0.67
0.83
1
0.49
0.56
0.69
0.83
1
0.52
0.63
0.78
1
0.50
0.63
0.83
1
0.52
0.69
0.83
1
STEP 3
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
ChemSet Anchor Stud
14.2
22.7
33.8
64.1
96.5
139.8
16.5
26.1
37.9
70.7
110.3
158.9
™
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
127
20
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 4
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
3.2
5.5
7.2
10.1
21.7
43.8
80.5
3.6
6.2
8.2
11.4
24.6
49.7
91.3
140.5
M24
25
30
35
50
60
75
125
200
300
400
500
600
1.6
2.2
2.7
4.6
6.1
8.5
18.3
2.4
3.0
5.1
6.7
9.3
20.1
40.6
6.9
9.0
12.6
27.1
54.9
100.9
155.4
217.2
9.8
13.7
29.5
59.7
109.7
168.9
236.1
310.3
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
25
30
35
50
60
75
125
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.90
0.98
1.00
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.79
0.84
0.93
1.00
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.70
0.74
0.80
1.00
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.67
0.70
0.75
1.00
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.74
0.82
0.98
1.00
200
300
400
500
600
25
30
35
50
60
75
150
200
300
400
500
625
750
875
1000
1250
1500
128
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.60
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.56
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1.00
Chemical Anchoring
20
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
ChemSet Threaded Stud
8.9
14.1
21.0
39.7
59.9
86.8
ChemSet™ Threaded Stud
12.7
23.9
34.7
64.6
100.8
145.2
™
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
129
20
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify – Threaded Stud
Anchors
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series
with (Anchor Size) grade 5.8
Drilled hole depth to be (h) mm.
Example
™
Ramset ChemSet™ Injection 800 Series
with M16 grade 5.8
Drilled hole depth to be 125 mm.
™
130
Chemical Anchoring
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule is a medium duty,
peroxide initiated capsule anchor.
High bond strength:
~ Low viscosity, epoxy acrylate adhesive.
Fast installation:
~ Just hammer in stud to set. Load in 1 hour (at 20°C).
No measuring, no mess, no waste:
~ Starter bars.
~ Shed kits.
~ Shop fitting.
~ Machinery.
~ Applications requiring a set number
of anchorings.
~ Adhesive is contained in pre-measured capsule.
Installation
~ Substrate: -5°C to 35°C.
-25°C to 100°C.
Setting Times
Hole may be damp but no water present.
3. Insert capsule with arrow pointing into the
hole. For a deeper hole use two capsules
end to end.
4. Cover hole with splash guard. Hammer clean
rebar or ChemSet™ Anchor Stud with setting
tool to the bottom of hole.
5. Cure as per setting times.
21.1
21
20°C
15°C
10°C
5°C
0°C
-5°C
Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(hrs)
30
1
50
2
90
5
120
10
131
21
Chemical Anchoring
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
Fixture hole
Anchor
(mm)
h (mm)
Tightening
torque, Tr
(Nm)
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Working Load Limit
Tension, Na (kN)
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
M10
12
12
90
20
40
60
120
7.1
7.7
8.9
9.5
M12
14
15
110
40
50
70
140
10.5
11.0
12.6
13.5
M16
18
19
125
95
65
100
160
19.9
16.0
18.5
19.7
ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules and reinforcement bar
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
N12
15
N16
20
Anchor
effective depth,
h (mm)
Capsules
per hole
(Qty)
Edge
distance, ec
(mm)
Minimum dimensions*
Anchor
Substrate
spacing, ac
thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm)
Shear, Va (kN)
Working Load Limit
Tension, Na (kN)
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
120
1
50
75
150
14.7
12.8
14.8
240
2
50
75
300
14.7
21.2
21.2
15.8
21.1
150
1
65
100
190
26.8
21.4
24.6
26.3
300
2
65
100
380
26.8
38.6
38.6
38.6
* Note: For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please contact Ramset Technical Sales Engineers for assistance.
21.2
DESCRIPTION AND PART NUMBERS - ChemSet™ Hammer Capsules
Capsule dimensions
Nominal
Capsule
diameter, d
length, L
(mm)
(mm)
21.3
To suit
Effective depth, h
Anchor size, db
(mm)
Capsule
Part No.
11
90
M10
90
–
13
110
M12
110
Y12
125
HAC12
17
125
M16
125
Y16
150
HAC16
on page 113.
132
Reinforcement bar
Effective depth per
Size
capsule, h (mm)
HAC10
Chemical Anchoring
21
21.4
STEP 1
40
Notes:
~ Tension limited by concrete capacity.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
30
20
M16
M12
10
M10
0
0
10
20
40
30
50
Anchor size, db
e m , am
M10
30
M12
35
M16
50
Anchor effective depth, h (mm) is read from the
“Description and Part Numbers” table for ChemSet™
Hammer Capsules (page 132).
Checkpoint
1
133
21
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 2
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
12
14
18
90
110
125
15.9
22.7
33.2
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.87
25
0.93
32
1.00
40
1.07
50
1.14
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
30
35
40
50
60
65
0.83
0.91
1
0.81
0.88
1
0.85
0.96
1
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
134
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1
0.74
0.78
0.85
0.92
1
0.76
0.81
0.89
1
Chemical Anchoring
21
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
Checkpoint
2
0.50
0.58
0.67
0.83
1
0.49
0.56
0.69
0.83
1
0.52
0.63
0.78
1
STEP 3
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
22.7
33.8
64.1
26.1
37.9
70.7
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
135
21
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 4
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
3.2
5.5
7.2
10.1
21.7
43.8
80.5
3.6
6.2
8.2
11.4
24.6
49.7
91.3
140.5
30
35
50
60
75
125
200
300
400
2.4
3.0
5.1
6.7
9.3
20.1
40.6
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
200
300
400
25
30
35
50
60
75
125
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.90
0.98
1.00
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.79
0.84
0.93
1.00
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.70
0.74
0.80
1.00
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.67
0.70
0.75
1.00
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.74
0.82
0.98
1.00
25
30
35
50
60
75
150
200
300
400
500
625
750
875
1000
136
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.60
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
Chemical Anchoring
21
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Anchor size, db
M10
M12
M16
ChemSet Anchor Stud
14.1
21.0
39.7
23.9
34.7
64.6
™
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
137
21
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify – Hammer Capsules
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule,
((Capsule Part Number)) with
(Anchor Size) grade 5.8
Example
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Hammer Capsule,
(HAC16) with M16 grade 5.8
™
138
Chemical Anchoring
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
ChemSet™ Injection 101 is a medium duty,
peroxide initiated injection anchor.
Fast installation:
~ Load in 1 hour (at 20°C).
Suitable for fire rated dowel bar installations:
~ Meets AS1530.4.
Versatile:
~ Hollow brick and block.
~ Stadium seating.
~ Starter bars.
~ Balustrades.
~ Suitable for anchoring into a wide variety of substrates.
Installation
chemical has sufficiently cured as specified in
the following diagrams.
-10°C to 80°C.
Hole may be damp but no water present.
3. Insert mixing nozzle to bottom of hole.
Fill hole to 3/4 the hole depth slowly,
ensuring no air pockets form.
4. Insert Ramset™ ChemSet™ Anchor
Stud/rebar to bottom of hole while turning.
5. ChemSet™ Injection to cure as per setting times.
6. Attach fixture.
Setting Times
101
22.1
22
Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(hrs)
40°C
4
0.75
30°C
7
1
20°C
10
1.5
5°C
0°C
30
40
5
7
Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 15°C.
139
22
Chemical Anchoring
ChemSet™ Injection 101 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
M8
10
Fixture hole
Anchor
(mm)
h (mm)
10
Tightening
torque, Tr
(Nm)
80
10
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
35
50
100
4.4
Working Load Limit
Tension, Na (kN)
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
3.4
4.5
5.1
M10
12
12
90
20
40
60
115
7.1
4.5
6.0
6.8
M12
14
15
110
40
50
75
140
10.5
6.4
8.6
9.7
M16
18
19
125
95
65
95
160
19.9
10.1
13.5
15.3
190
30.0
16.6
22.3
25.2
215
30.0
18.8
25.2
28.6
200
43.4
24.4
32.7
37.0
265
43.4
32.1
42.9
48.6
M20
24
150
24
180
80
120
170
M24
26
160
28
315
95
145
210
ChemSet™ Injection 101 and ChemSet™ Injection Rod Anchors
Fixture hole
Anchor
(mm)
h (mm)
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
distance, ec
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Working Load Limit
Tension, Na (kN)
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter, dh
(mm)
M12
14
15
110
40
50
75
140
8.4
6.4
8.6
9.7
M16
18
19
125
95
65
95
160
15.6
10.1
13.5
15.3
Tightening
torque, Tr
(Nm)
22.2
Description
Cartridge Size
Climate
Part No.
ChemSet™ 101 Mini Cartridge
150 ml
Temperate
C101M
ChemSet™ 101 Cartridge
400 ml
Temperate
C101C
ChemSet™
750 ml
Temperate
C101J
–
–
ISNP
101 Jumbo Cartridge
Mixer Nozzle for 101
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
22.3
Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on
page 113 and ChemSet™ Injection Rod on page 114.
140
Chemical Anchoring
22
22.4
STEP 1
60
Notes:
~ Shear limited by grade 5.8 steel capacity.
~ Tension limited by concrete capacity
using nominal depths.
~ f'c = 32 MPa
50
40
M24
30
20
M20
M16
10
M12
M10
M8
0
0
10
20
30
50
40
60
70
80
90
100
Anchor size, db
e m, a m
M8
25
M10
30
M12
35
M16
50
M20
60
M24
75
Refer to “Description and Part Numbers” table for either
ChemSet™ Anchor Studs (page 113) or ChemSet™ Injection
Rod (page 114).
h = Le - t
h ≥ 6 * dh
Checkpoint
1
141
22
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 2
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
10
12
14
18
24
26
12.7
14.1
15.5
16.9
17.6
19.7
21.3
23.3
24.2
27.1
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
125
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
6.1
7.2
8.2
8.4
9.6
10.8
12.0
37.4
40.1
42.7
45.4
48.1
50.7
53.4
55.2
58.8
62.5
66.2
69.9
73.5
77.2
80.9
84.6
88.2
Bold values are at ChemSet™ Anchor Stud and Injection Rod nominal depths.
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
20
0.87
25
0.93
32
1.00
40
1.07
50
1.14
Anchor size, db
25
30
35
40
50
60
65
75
80
100
M8
0.85
0.96
1
M10
0.83
0.91
1
M12
0.81
0.88
1
M16
0.85
0.96
1
M20
0.83
0.87
0.96
1
M24
0.85
0.88
1
Anchor size, db
25
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
120
150
142
M8
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.92
1
M10
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1
M12
0.74
0.78
0.85
0.92
1
M16
0.76
0.81
0.89
1
M20
0.75
0.81
0.92
1
M24
0.76
0.85
0.92
1
Chemical Anchoring
22
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
25
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
120
150
Checkpoint
2
0.52
0.63
0.73
0.83
1
0.50
0.58
0.67
0.83
1
0.49
0.56
0.69
0.83
1
0.52
0.63
0.78
1
0.50
0.63
0.83
1
0.52
0.69
0.83
1
STEP 3
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
ChemSet Injection Rod
–
–
27.0
50.2
–
–
14.2
22.7
33.8
64.1
96.5
139.8
16.5
26.1
37.9
70.7
110.3
158.9
™
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
143
22
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 4
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
3.2
5.5
7.2
10.1
21.7
43.8
80.5
3.6
6.2
8.2
11.4
24.6
49.7
91.3
140.5
M24
25
30
35
50
60
75
125
200
300
400
500
600
1.6
2.2
2.7
4.6
6.1
8.5
18.3
2.4
3.0
5.1
6.7
9.3
20.1
40.6
7.2
9.4
13.2
28.4
57.4
105.4
162.3
226.8
9.8
13.7
29.5
59.7
109.7
168.9
236.1
310.3
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
20
0.79
25
0.88
32
1.00
40
1.12
50
1.25
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
25
30
35
50
60
75
125
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.90
0.98
1.00
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.79
0.84
0.93
1.00
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.70
0.74
0.80
1.00
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.67
0.70
0.75
1.00
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.74
0.82
0.98
1.00
200
300
400
500
600
25
30
35
50
60
75
150
200
300
400
500
625
750
875
1000
1250
1500
144
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.60
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.56
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1.00
Chemical Anchoring
22
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Anchor size, db
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
ChemSet Injection Rod
–
–
16.7
31.1
–
–
8.9
14.1
21.0
39.7
59.9
86.8
12.7
23.9
34.7
64.6
100.8
145.2
™
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
145
22
Chemical Anchoring
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify – Threaded Stud
Anchors
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101
Specify – Injection Rod
Ramset™ ChemSet™ Injection 101
((Injection Rod Part Number)).
Example
™
™
Ramset ChemSet Injection 101
with M16 grade 5.8
Ramset ChemSet™ Injection 101
with M16 grade 4.6
ChemSet™ Injection Rod (CR16190).
™
146
Example
™
™
Chemical Anchoring Notes
147
BRICK BLOCK
AND
ANCHORING
OVERVIEW
Ramset™ provides a range of concrete anchors for anchoring
into pre-manufactured masonry units from lightweight fixtures
to heavy structural connections including stud types and hex
bolt finishes.
Anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units such as
concrete blocks, wire cut extruded clay brick and pressed solid
bricks requires a different approach to anchoring into solid
in-situ concrete or precast concrete units. The anchor must
firmly clamp a fixture to the face of the substrate without
splitting it or causing other damage. The capacity of the
anchors is frequently limited by the strength of the substrate,
and the strength of the various units available on the market
varies from manufacturer to manufacturer and from region to
region within any one manufacturer. Also being discrete units
rather than a continuous slab means the anchor will always be
in close proximity to an edge of that individual unit whilst also
possibly being centrally placed within the overall structure.
Ideally all anchors into these pre-manufactured masonry units
should be in the centre of the block or brick and in the case of
hollow units such as wire cut bricks and concrete blocks the
anchors should be placed in the solid section of the unit, but it
is not always practical to position fixtures to ensure this.
This section provides performance information to aid design of
connections to pre-manufactured masonry units. It assists
design by recognising that positioning anchorage points in the
centre of a masonry unit is not always possible by providing
capacities for zones rather than specific points and we have
also endeavoured to provide a realistic evaluation of the
anchor’s performance in the poorest performing section within
these zones.
148
Please note that as the performance information on
pre-manufactured masonry substrates is provided by the
various manufacturers in Working Load Limit format our
anchor performance data in this section is also provided in
Working Load Limit format.
For lightweight applications into Brick and Block a number of
alternate Ramset™ Concrete Anchors may be considered.
1. ShureDrive™ (see page 105 – Mechanical Anchoring section).
2. EasyDrive Nylon Anchors (see page 109 – Mechanical
Anchoring section).
The performance of the above anchors is not dependent on the
substrate and therefore you may refer to the performance
figures detailed in the Mechanical Anchoring section.
23
Brick and Block Anchoring
23.1
TYPICAL PRE-MANUFACTURED MASONRY UNITS
23.1.1 TYPICAL DIMENSIONS
CONCRETE BLOCK – Overall
CLAY BRICK – Overall
76 mm
190 mm
110 mm
230 mm
190 mm
SOLID BRICK
390 mm
CONCRETE BLOCK
THREE HOLE BRICK
Nominal
115 mm
Nominal
138 mm
Nominal
Wall Thickness
32 mm
Nominal
Hole Dia.
46 mm
Nominal
Wall Thickness 25 mm
Nominal
Wall Thickness 37.5 mm
Note: Due to the manufacturing process, the internal cavities have
tapered walls. Wall thickness indicated is a nominal dimension only,
taken from the centre of the block.
Nominal
Web Thickness 21 mm
23.1.2 CHARACTERISTIC UNCONFINED
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
TEN HOLE BRICK
Solid
Clay Brick
Three Hole
Clay Brick
Ten Hole
Clay Brick
Concrete
Block
> 10 MPa
> 30 MPa
> 15 MPa
> 8 MPa
Nominal
Wall Thickness
21 mm
Nominal
Hole Dia.
28 mm
Nominal
Wall Thickness 21 mm
Nominal
Web Thickness
Typically 12 mm
149
23
23.1.3 INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Corner – Brick
Corner – Block
~ One anchor per brick.
~ Minimum edge distance = one brick.
~ One anchor per cavity.
~ Minimum edge distance = 1/2 block.
Top of Wall – Brick
Top of Wall – Block
~ One anchor per brick.
~ Three clear courses down from top of wall.
~ One anchor per cavity.
~ Two clear courses down from top of wall.
23.1.4 MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES
CONCRETE BLOCK
CLAY BRICK
See page 149
≥ 20 mm
≥ 60 mm
≥ 20 mm to
centre of hole.
Typical for all clay bricks.
150
≥ 60 mm
23
23.1.5 FIXINGS PER BRICK/BLOCK
SOLID BRICK
CONCRETE BLOCK
70 mm
minimum
THREE HOLE BRICK
TEN HOLE BRICK
151
24
24.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
Product
ChemSet™ Injection 101 is a medium duty,
peroxide initiated injection anchor.
Fast installation:
~ Load in 1 hour (at 20°C).
Versatile:
into Brick and Block
~ Suitable for anchoring into pre-manufactured masonry units.
~ Installing wall mounted signs,
handrails, and gates.
Installation
1. Drill recommended diameter and
depth hole.
Hole may be damp but no water
present.
chemical has sufficiently cured as specified in
the following diagrams.
-10°C to 80°C.
Setting Times
™
4. ChemSet Injection to cure
as per setting times.
Attach fixture.
101
3. Insert mixing nozzle into sleeve or
sieve. Fill to 3/4 the sleeve/sieve
depth slowly, ensuring no air
pockets form. Insert Ramset™
ChemSet™ Anchor Stud to bottom
of hole while turning.
Gel Time
(mins)
Loading Time
(hrs)
40°C
4
0.75
30°C
7
1
20°C
10
1.5
5°C
0°C
30
40
5
7
Note: Cartridge temperature
minimum 15°C.
152
24
ChemSet™ Injection 101 and ChemSet™ Anchor Studs
Substrate
Anchor size, db
(mm)
Sleeve/Sieve
Type
Drilled hole
diameter,
dh (mm)
M8
M10
Fixture hole
Anchor
diameter,
effective depth,
df (mm)
h (mm)
10
10
80
Tightening
torque, Tr
(Nm)
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
10
4.4
1.4
Solid Brick
12
12
85
20
4.8
1.5
M12
14
15
85
40
5.2
1.6
M16
18
19
85
95
5.2
1.7
Solid Clay Brick
–
Note: Use specified hole size for solid brick. Use of larger hole and/or sleeve/sieve will result in lower capacities.
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
M8
M10
M12
M16
Substrate
3 Hole Brick,
10 Hole Brick
or Concrete
Block
Drilled hole diameter, dh
(mm)
Nylon Sleeve S/S Sieve
Fixture hole
Anchor
Tightening
diameter, effective depth, torque, Tr
df (mm)
h (mm)
(Nm)
3 Hole Brick
10 Hole Brick
Concrete Block
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
12
12
10
10
3.8
2.5
3.0
1.0
1.8
1.8
14
16
12
20
4.6
2.5
4.6
1.0
2.0
1.8
64
16
16
15
40
5.0
2.5
5.0
1.0
2.0
1.8
–
22
19
95
5.0
2.5
5.0
1.0
2.0
1.8
For lower strength studs, refer to table for reduced steel capacity on page 161.
24.2
Description
Cartridge Size
Climate
Part No.
ChemSet 101 Mini Cartridge
150 ml
Temperate
C101M
ChemSet 101 Cartridge
400 ml
Temperate
C101C
ChemSet 101 Jumbo Cartridge
750 ml
Temperate
C101J
–
–
ISNP
Mixer Nozzle for 100 Series
h = Le - t
24.3
To suit ChemSet™
Anchor Stud
Nylon
Sleeve
Stainless Steel
Sieve
M8
ISS08
ISM10
M10
ISS10
ISM12
M12
ISS12
ISM12
M16
–
ISM16
Refer to “Engineering Properties” for ChemSet™ Anchor Studs on
page 113 and ChemSet™ Injection Rod on page 114.
153
25
25.1
AnkaScrew™
AnkaScrew™ Screw In Anchor
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The AnkaScrew™ Anchor is a medium duty, rotation setting
thread forming anchor.
~ Simply screws into hole.
Fast and easy to remove:
~ Screws out leaving an empty hole with no protruding metal parts to grind off.
Close to edge and for close anchor spacing:
~ Does not expand and burst brick and block.
Installation
1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth.
2. Clean thoroughly with brush. Remove
debris by way of vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
3. Using a socket wrench, screw the
AnkaScrew™ into the hole using slight
pressure until the self tapping action
starts.
4. Tighten the AnkaScrew™. If resistance is
experienced when tightening, unscrew
anchor one turn and re-tighten. Ensure
not to over tighten.
5. For optimum performance, a torque
wrench should be used.
154
~ Wall mounted pipe brackets.
~ Gate hinges.
AnkaScrew™
25
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter,
dh (mm)
6
8
10
12
6
8
10
12
25.2
Fixture hole
Anchor
Tightening
df (mm)
h (mm)
(Nm)
8
10
12
15
30
40
50
60
Working Load Limit
Solid Brick
3 Hole Brick
10 Hole Brick
Concrete Block
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
3.2
4.0
4.4
4.4
1.8
2.7
3.9
4.5
3.0
3.8
4.2
4.2
2.4
2.7
2.8
3.0
1.8
2.3
2.5
2.5
0.60
0.65
0.65
0.70
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
0.90
1.00
1.00
1.15
10
10
15
15
Anchor
size, db
Part No.
(mm)
Hex Head
Hex Flange
Csk Pozi
Csk Internal Hex
50
75
100
60
75
100
60
75
100
150
75
100
150
–
–
–
AS08060H
AS08075H
AS08100H
AS10060H
AS10075H
AS10100H
AS10150H
AS12075H
AS12100H
AS12150H
AS06050H
AS06075H
AS06100H
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
AS06050F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
AS08075F
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
8
10
12
h = Le - t
25.3
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
6
8
10
12
Stress
area, As
(mm2)
22.9
42.4
69.4
84.1
Yield
strength, fy
(MPa)
640
640
640
640
UTS, fu
(MPa)
800
800
800
800
155
26
26.1
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt is a medium duty,
torque setting expansion anchor.
Features and Benefits
Ideal for hollow substrates:
~ Cone nut pulls up in cavity to clamp fixture to substrate.
Neat finish:
~ Low profile hex head.
High shear strength:
~ High tensile Grade 8.8 Steel Bolt.
Fast installation:
~ Through fixing eliminates marking out and repositioning of fixture.
Convenient to remove:
~ No metal parts protrude from hole eliminating grinding.
Economical Zinc Plated or superior corrosion resistant
AISI 316 Stainless Steel.
Installation
2. Clean thoroughly with brush. Remove
debris by way of vacuum or hand pump,
compressed air etc.
3. Insert DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt through
fixture, tap lightly with hammer until
washer contacts fixture.
4. Tighten DynaBolt™ Anchor Hex Bolt to
specified assembly torque using torque
wrench or impact wrench (rattle gun).
156
~ Electrical junction boxes.
~ Wall mounted pipe brackets.
~ Installing wall mounted signs,
handrails and gates.
~ Roller door guide rails.
26
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole
diameter,
dh (mm)
8
10
12
8
10
12
26.2
Fixture hole
Anchor
Tightening
df (mm)
h (mm)
(Nm)
10
12
15
35
40
40
3 Hole Brick
10 Hole Brick
Concrete Block
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
3.9
4.4
4.4
3.1
4.6
4.6
2.9
3.4
3.8
3.9
4.1
4.1
2.0
2.3
3.1
0.83
0.87
0.94
1.4
1.6
2.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
Anchor
size, dh (mm)
8
10
12
26.3
10
15
15
Working Load Limit
Solid Brick
Effective
length, Le (mm)
Zn
Part No.
S/S
34
60
86
34
42
56
69
96
47
62
90
DP08045H
DP08070H
DP08095H
DP10045H
DP10055H
–
DP10080H
DP10105H
DP12065H
DP12075H
DP12105H
DP08045HSS
DP08070HSS
–
DP10045HSS
–
DP10060HSS
DP10080HSS
DP10105HSS
–
DP12075HSS
–
h = Le - t
Anchor
size, dh
(mm)
Thread
size, db
Stress
area, As
(mm2)
8
10
12
M6
M8
M10
20.1
36.6
58.0
Carbon steel
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
640
640
640
800
800
800
Stainless steel
Yield strength, fy
UTS, fu
(MPa)
(MPa)
480
480
480
600
600
600
Section
modulus
Z (mm3)
12.7
31.2
62.3
157
27
27.1
RamPlug™
RamPlug™
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The RamPlug™ Anchor is a light duty, rotation setting
~ Anchor simply hammered in.
Convenient:
~ Tangs ensure anchor sits flush with substrate surface in over drilled holes.
Versatile:
~ Anchor accepts many types of screw.
Installation
2. Clean thoroughly with brush. Remove debris
by way of vacuum or hand pump, compressed
air etc.
3. Insert the RamPlug™ into hole until flush with
the surface.
4. Pass wood screw through fixture and into the
RamPlug™. Tighten with screwdriver.
Note: (1) Screw length = length of Ramplug™ + thickness of fixture
(2) Ultra long plugs supplied with screw.
158
RamPlug™
27
Anchor
Anchor
size, db
(mm)
Drilled hole Fixture hole
Anchor
Solid Brick
diameter,
diameter, effective depth,
Shear, Va Tension, Na
dh (mm)
df (mm)
h (mm)
Working Load Limit
3 Hole Brick
10 Hole Brick
Concrete Block
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
Shear, Va
Tension, Na
400
800
1100
1300
1900
2200
200
250
320
350
450
550
700
800
800
800
800
900
160
200
250
280
360
440
400
800
1100
1300
1900
2200
130
170
180
180
190
220
DNP05
DNP06
DNP07
DNP08
DNP10
DNP12
5
6
7
8
10
12
5
6
7
8
10
12
6
7
7
8
9
12
25
30
30
40
50
60
400
800
1100
1300
2400
3000
300
500
650
800
1100
1500
DLP06
DLP08
DLP10
6
8
10
6
8
10
7
8
9
60
80
80
800
1300
2400
500
800
1100
Not suitable for hollow substrate.
DUP10080
DUP10100
DUP10135
DUP10160
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
9
9
80
100
135
160
2400
2400
2400
2400
600
600
600
600
Performance to be determined.
27.2
Anchor size, db
(mm)
5
6
7
8
10
12
Anchor length, L
(mm)
25
30
60
35
40
80
50
80
90
100
140
160
60
Standard
DNP05
DNP06
–
DNP07
DNP08
–
DNP10
–
–
–
–
–
DNP12
Long
–
–
DLP06
–
–
DLP08
–
–
DLP10
–
–
–
–
Part No.
Ultra Long - C/S Pozi* Ultra Long - Hex Head
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
DUP10080F
DUP10080H
–
–
DUP10100F
DUP10100H
DUP10135F
DUP10135H
DUP10160F
DUP10160H
–
–
* No. 3 Pozi Bit.
159
Brick and Block Anchoring Notes
160
28
28
TYPICAL BOLT PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Tabulated below are nominal reduced ultimate
characteristic capacities for bolts manufactured in
accordance with ISO 898-1.
It is recommended that Stainless Steel bolts be lubricated and
that tightening torque be applied in a smooth, continuous
manner. Impact wrenches (rattle guns) are not suitable for the
tightening of Stainless Steel fasteners.
The expected capacity of bolts should be independently
checked by the designer based on the bolt manufacturers
published performance information.
28.1 STRENGTH LIMIT STATE DESIGN INFORMATION
28.1.1 Tension
Reduced nominal bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf (kN), Øn = 0.8
Bolt type
Grade 4.6
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
A4-70 (AISI 316)
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
6.4
11.7
18.6
27.0
50.2
78.4
113.0
13.3
24.3
38.5
56.0
104.2
162.7
234.4
11.3
20.5
32.5
47.2
87.9
137.2
–
28.1.2 Shear
Reduced nominal bolt shear capacity, ØVsf (kN), Øv = 0.8
Bolt type
Grade 4.6
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
A4-70 (AISI 316)
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
3.3
6.1
9.8
14.4
27.4
43.0
62.0
6.6
12.4
20.0
29.3
56.1
88.3
127.2
5.6
10.5
16.8
24.7
47.4
74.5
–
28.2 WORKING LOAD LIMIT DESIGN INFORMATION
28.2.1 Tension
Allowable tensile load steel (kN), Fss = 2.2
Bolt type
Grade 4.6
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
A4-70 (AISI 316)
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
3.6
6.6
10.6
15.3
28.5
44.5
64.2
7.6
13.8
21.9
31.8
59.2
92.4
133.2
6.4
11.6
18.5
26.8
49.9
77.9
–
28.2.2 Shear
Allowable shear load steel (kN), Fsv = 2.5
Bolt type
Grade 4.6
Carbon Steel
Grade 8.8
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
A4-70 (AISI 316)
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
1.7
3.1
4.9
7.2
13.7
21.5
31.0
3.3
6.2
10.0
14.7
28.1
44.2
63.6
2.8
5.3
8.4
12.4
23.7
37.3
–
161
CAST-IN
ANCHORING
OVERVIEW
Whether an application calls for precast or cast in-situ
components, there is a suitable Ramset™ Cast-In Ferrule for
almost every design case.
Not only does Ramset™ offer reliable, quality product,
Ramset™ understands the importance of supporting the
product with technically superior design information, such as
this resource book, to guide correct product selection and safe
installation.
Extensive research, development and testing are invested in
Ramset™ products so that designers can be secure in the
knowledge that they have access to the real performance and
capabilities of the Cast--In Ferrules.
Care should be taken to remember that the performance data
contained herein relates to the Ramset™ range of Cast-In
Ferrules and hence should not be used to justify a generic
replacement that may appear physically similar, as the actual
performance will be heavily influenced by the steel grade and
manufacturing tolerences.
162
The Ramset™ Cast-In Ferrule range is available in Zinc, Hot
Dipped Galvanised and Stainless Steel finishes to cater for a
wide range of atmospheric conditions. Sizing from M10
through M24 allows for economical designs to be derived,
with appropriate accessories providing a high degree of
installation flexibility.
The following section introduces the designer and/or
engineer to the Ramset™ Cast-In Ferrule range and provides
performance information to allow selection of the right Cast-In
Ferrule for the job.
Cast-In Anchoring
Elephants’ Feet Ferrule
29.1
29
Elephants’ Feet Ferrules
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The Elephants’ Feet Ferrule is a medium duty, cast-in ferrule.
Improved security:
~ No cross bar required to develop rated capacity.
Versatile:
~ Use in near or far face applications with our range of accessories.
~ May be used with small rebar for fixing to mesh.
~ Small and lightweight precast
fixing point.
~ Structural connections.
~ Curtain wall and panel facade fixings.
~ Temporary precast panel bracing
points.
Installation
1.
2.
3.
4.
Chair for tilt-cast.
Nailing plate, or bolted to formwork.
“Puddled” into wet concrete.
Templated onto face of panel.
163
29
Cast-In Anchoring
Installation and Working Load Limit performance details*
Ferrule
size, db x L
(mm)
M10 x 45
M12 x 55
M12 x 70
M12 x 95
M16 x 70
M16 x 95
M20 x 70
M20 x 95
M24 x 70
M24 x 95
M24 x 115
Tightening
Cross hole Torque, T
r
to suit
(Nm)**
R8
17
R8
30
R10
75
R10
144
Y12 / N12
250
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Substrate
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
60
120
50
75
150
65
100
200
85
135
270
115
100
200
85
135
270
115
100
200
85
135
270
115
100
270
85
135
270
115
165
330
140
Working Load Limits
Shear, Va (kN)
Tension, Na (kN)
Concrete compressive strength f’c
Concrete compressive strength f’c
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
6.7
7.9
8.5
4.4
6.0
7.0
8.9
10.4
11.2
6.7
9.2
9.6
11.5
13.5
14.5
9.6
9.6
9.6
15.9
18.6
20.0
9.6
9.6
9.6
14.9
17.4
18.8
11.4
15.6
17.2
20.5
24.0
25.9
17.2
17.2
17.2
17.6
20.6
22.2
12.7
17.4
20.3
24.3
28.4
30.6
20.6
26.4
26.4
21.7
25.3
27.3
13.9
19.1
22.2
29.9
34.9
37.6
22.6
30.9
35.9
36.4
42.6
45.9
30.4
39.8
39.8
** Recommended tightening torques are based on the use of grade 4.6 bolts.
Note: Confirm bolt capacity independently of tabulated information.
29.2
Ferrule
size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
Ferrule
length, L
(mm)
45
55
70
95
70
95
70
95
70
95
115
Effective
depth, h
(mm)
41
51
66
91
66
91
66
91
66
91
111
Thread
length, Lt
(mm)
20
Part No.
Cross hole
to suit
R8
25
R8
32
R10
35
38
35
R10
Y12 / N12
50
Zn
Gal
FE10045
FE12055
FE12070
FE12095
FE16070
FE16095
FE20070
FE20095
FE24070
FE24095
FE24115
FE10045GH
FE12055GH
FE12070GH
FE12095GH
FE16070GH
FE16095GH
FE20070GH
FE20095GH
FE24070GH
FE24095GH
FE24115GH
Numbers” table.
29.3
Ferrule
size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
164
Stress area
threaded section, As
(mm2)
71.2
88.3
158.0
242.0
365.0
Carbon Steel
Yield strength, fy (MPa)
UTS, fu (MPa)
240
240
240
240
240
360
360
360
360
360
Section
modulus, Z
(mm3)
190.0
334.5
692.8
1034.0
2066.0
Cast-In Anchoring
29
29.4
STEP 1
50
Notes:
~ Shear limited by ferrule capacity.
~ Tension limited by the lesser of steel capacity
and concrete cone capacity.
~ f'c = 20 MPa
40
30
FE24095
20
FE20095
FE16095
FE12095
10
FE12055
FE10045
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Ferrule size, db
e m, a m
M10
30
M12
36
M16
48
M20
60
M24
72
Checkpoint
1
165
29
Cast-In Anchoring
STEP 2
Ferrule size, db
Ferrule length, L (mm)
45
55
70
95
115
M10
41
51
66
91
111
M12
M16
M20
M24
12.1
17.7
28.7
20.5
33.2
22.9
37.1
25.1
40.6
54.7
7.9
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
15
0.87
20
1.00
25
1.12
32
1.26
45
55
70
95
115
41
51
66
91
111
30
40
50
60
70
85
100
120
140
170
0.65
0.58
0.52
0
0.76
0.67
0.58
0.51
0
0.87
0.76
0.65
0.56
0
0.98
0.85
0.72
0.61
0
1
0.94
0.79
0.66
0
1
0.90
0.74
0.66
1
0.81
0.72
1
0.92
0.80
1
0.89
1
45
55
70
95
115
41
51
66
91
111
30
40
50
60
70
0.63
0.60
0.58
0
0.66
0.63
0.60
0.57
0
0.70
0.66
0.63
0.59
0
0.74
0.70
0.65
0.61
0
0.78
0.73
0.68
0.63
0
85 100 125 150 200 250 300 350
0.85
0.78
0.71
0.66
0.63
0.91
0.83
0.75
0.68
0.65
1
0.91
0.82
0.73
0.69
0.99 1
0.88 1
0.77 0.87 0.96 1
0.73 0.80 0.88 0.95
1
Checkpoint
2
45
55
70
95
115
41
51
66
91
111
30
40
50
60
70
0.25
0.20
0.16
0
0.33
0.26
0.20
0.15
0
0.41
0.33
0.25
0.18
0
0.49
0.39
0.30
0.22
0
0.57
0.46
0.35
0.26
0
166
85 100 125 150 200 250 300 350
0.69
0.56
0.43
0.31
0.26
0.81
0.65
0.51
0.37
0.30
1
0.82
0.63
0.46
0.38
0.98 1
0.76 1
0.55 0.73 0.92 1
0.45 0.60 0.75 0.90
1
Cast-In Anchoring
STEP 3
29
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
ØNus
17.1
21.2
37.9
58.1
87.6
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
167
29
Cast-In Anchoring
STEP 4
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
30
35
40
50
60
70
100
200
300
400
500
600
2.7
3.4
4.2
5.9
7.7
9.7
16.6
46.9
3.5
4.3
6.0
7.9
10.0
17.1
48.3
88.7
6.9
9.03
11.4
19.4
54.9
100.9
155.4
9.8
12.4
21.1
59.7
109.7
168.9
236.1
13.7
23.4
66.3
121.7
187.4
261.9
344.3
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
15
0.87
20
1.00
25
1.12
32
1.26
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
30
35
40
50
60
70
100
200
0.70
0.73
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.93
1.00
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.88
1.00
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.60
0.62
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.71
0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.80
0.95
1.00
300
400
500
600
30
35
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
300
450
600
750
1000
1250
1500
168
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.73
0.80
0.88
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.83
0.92
1.00
Cast-In Anchoring
29
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
(i) ØVusc Reduced characteristic ultimate combined concrete/steel shear capacity
Ferrule size, db
45
41
55
51
70
66
95
91
115
111
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
16.0
20.7
28.6
26.8
37.0
31.7
43.7
39.0
53.8
65.7
12.1
(ii) Xvsc Concrete compressive strength effect, combined concrete/steel shear
f’c (MPa)
Xvsc
15
0.91
20
1.00
25
1.08
32
1.17
ØVus = ØVusc * Xvsc
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
169
29
Cast-In Anchoring
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
Ramset™ Elephants’ Feet Ferrule,
(Ferrule Size x Length) ((Part Number))
with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.
Example
Ramset™ Elephants’ Feet Ferrule,
M16 x 95 (FE16095GH) with a Gr. 4.6 bolt.
™
170
Cast-In Anchoring
Round Ferrule
30.1
30
Round Ferrules
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The Round Ferrule is a heavy duty, cast-in ferrule.
Economical:
~ Simple cost effective design.
Versatile:
~ Use in near face, far face or side face applications with our
range of accessories.
~ Panel to panel connection.
~ High shear load applications.
~ Temporary precast panel bracing
points.
Installation
1. Fitted in a chair, to suit panel thickness.
2. Fixed to casting bed with a nailing plate.
3. Bolted through formwork.
171
30
Cast-In Anchoring
Round Ferrule
Ferrule
size, db x L
(mm)
M12 x 65
M12 x 96
M16 x 75
M16 x 96
M20 x 75
M20 x 96
Installation Details
Tightening
Required
Torque, Tr
cross bar
(Nm)**
30
Y12 / N12
x 300 mm
30
75
Y12 / N12
x 300 mm
75
144
Y12 / N12
x 300 mm
144
Minimum dimensions*
Edge
Anchor
Structure
distance, ec
spacing, ac
thickness, bm
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
80
150
100
130
250
130
100
200
110
130
250
130
100
200
110
130
250
130
Tension, Na
Concrete Strength, f’c
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
11.0
12.3
13.4
22.6
25.3
27.7
14.8
16.5
18.1
22.6
25.3
27.7
14.8
16.5
18.1
22.6
25.3
27.7
Shear, Va
8.2
8.2
15.6
15.6
24.5
24.5
** Recommended tightening torques are based on the use of grade 4.6 bolts.
Note: Confirm bolt capacity independently of tabulated values.
30.2
Ferrule
size, db
M12
M16
M20
Ferrule
length, L
(mm)
65
96
75
96
75
96
Effective
depth, h
(mm)
50
81
60
81
60
81
Thread
length, Lt
(mm)
25
45
32
39
32
49
Part No.
Cross hole
to suit
Y12 / N12
Y12 / N12
Y12 / N12
Zn
Gal
FH12065
FH12096
FH16075
FH16096
FH20075
FH20096
–
FH12096GH
FH16075GH
FH16096GH
FH20075GH
FH20096GH
Numbers” table.
30.3
Ferrule
size, db
M12
M16
M20
172
Stress area
at cross hole, As
(mm2)
234
234
234
Carbon Steel
UTS, fu (MPa)
330
330
330
430
430
430
Section
modulus, Z
(mm3)
2224.0
2071.0
1747.0
Cast-In Anchoring
Round Ferrule
30
30.4
STEP 1
50
Notes:
~ Shear limited by Gr. 4.6 bolt capacity.
~ f'c = 20 MPa
40
30
M20 x 96
20
M16 x 75
10
M12 x 65
0
0
10
30
20
40
50
Ferrule size, db
am, em
M12
40
M16
50
M20
60
Checkpoint
1
173
30
Cast-In Anchoring
Round Ferrule
STEP 2
65
75
96
50
60
81
Ferrule size, db
M12
19.7
40.7
M16
M20
26.6
40.7
26.6
40.7
f’c (MPa)
Xnc
15
0.87
20
1.00
25
1.12
32
1.26
Ferrule size, db
M12
M16
M20
65
96
75
96
75
96
50
81
60
81
60
81
0.67
0.71
0.76
0.80
0.85
0.94
1
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
1
0.64
0.68
0.72
0.76
0.84
0.91
0.99
1
0.56
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
1
0.68
0.72
0.76
0.84
0.91
0.99
1
0.59
0.62
0.65
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
1
40
45
50
55
60
70
80
90
100
125
Ferrule size, db
M12
M16
M20
65
96
75
96
75
96
50
81
60
81
60
81
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.83
0.91
0.99
1
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.96
1
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.77
0.84
0.91
0.98
1
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.96
1
0.66
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.77
0.84
0.91
0.98
1
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.96
1
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
174
Cast-In Anchoring
Round Ferrule
30
Ferrule size, db
M12
M16
M20
65
96
75
96
75
96
50
81
60
81
60
81
0.26
0.33
0.39
0.46
0.52
0.59
0.65
0.82
0.98
1
0.16
0.21
0.25
0.29
0.33
0.37
0.41
0.51
0.62
0.72
0.82
0.93
1
0.27
0.33
0.38
0.44
0.49
0.55
0.68
0.82
0.96
1
0.21
0.25
0.29
0.33
0.37
0.41
0.51
0.62
0.72
0.82
0.93
1
0.33
0.38
0.44
0.49
0.55
0.68
0.82
0.96
1
0.25
0.29
0.33
0.37
0.41
0.51
0.62
0.72
0.82
0.93
1
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
Checkpoint
2
STEP 3
Ferrule size, db
M12
Round ferrule
tension capacity
M16
M20
73.6
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
175
30
Cast-In Anchoring
Round Ferrule
STEP 4
Ferrule size, db
M12
M16
M20
35
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
200
300
400
500
4.6
5.6
7.8
10.3
15.8
22.1
30.9
40.7
62.6
5.6
7.8
10.3
15.8
22.1
30.9
40.7
62.6
115.0
177.1
10.3
15.8
22.1
30.9
40.7
62.6
115.0
177.1
247.5
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
15
0.87
20
1.00
25
1.12
32
1.26
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
35
40
50
60
80
100
125
150
200
0.70
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.96
1.00
0.68
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.64
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.82
0.90
1.00
0.62
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.77
0.83
1.00
0.59
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.88
1.00
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.56
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.66
0.74
0.82
0.90
0.98
1.00
0.55
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.61
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.90
1.00
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.95
1.00
300
400
500
35
40
50
60
80
100
150
200
250
300
450
600
750
900
1050
1250
176
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.65
0.73
0.80
0.88
0.95
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.80
0.86
0.92
1.00
Cast-In Anchoring
30
Round Ferrule
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
Ferrule size, db
M12
Round ferrule
shear capacity
M16
M20
83.0*
* This value requires minimum f’c = 32 MPa.
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
177
30
Cast-In Anchoring
Round Ferrule
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
Ramset™ Round Ferrule,
(Ferrule Size x Length) ((Part Number))
with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.
Y12 / N12 x 300 mm cross bar required.
Example
Ramset™ Round Ferrule,
M16 x 75 (FH16075) with a Gr. 8.8 bolt.
Y12 / N12 x 300 mm cross bar required.
™
178
Cast-In Anchoring
TCM Ferrule
31.1
31
TCM FERRULES
GENERAL INFORMATION
PERFORMANCE RELATED
MATERIAL
Product
The TCM Ferrule is a Stainless Steel medium duty,
cast-in ferrule.
~ From AISI 316(A4) Stainless Steel to provide excellent
resistance in marine environments.
Improved security:
~ May be used without cross bar with reduced capacity.
Versatile:
~ May be used with rebar for fixing to mesh.
~ Small and lightweight precast
fixing point.
~ Curtain wall and panel facade fixings.
~ Exposure to industrial environments.
~ Marine applications.
Installation
1. Drill hole in formwork. Pass the bolt through the hole into
the concrete insert and tighten. Tie the insert to the
reinforcing system.
2. Pour the concrete. Remove the bolt and formwork leaving
the Concrete Insert firmly embedded.
179
31
Cast-In Anchoring
TCM Ferrule
Ferrule
size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
Minimum dimensions*
Effective Tightening
Edge
Anchor Substrate
depth, h torque, Tr Cross hole distance, ec spacing, ac thickness, bm Shear, Va
to suit
(mm)
(Nm)**
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
29
37
52
57
35
60
150
295
R8
R8
Y12 / N12
Y12 / N12
120
150
200
240
60
80
100
120
50
65
85
100
12.4
20.9
26.3
28.8
Tension, Na
Unreinforced ferrule
Reinforced ferrule
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
20 MPa
32 MPa
40 MPa
4.0
5.7
9.7
11.0
5.0
7.3
12.3
13.9
5.6
8.1
13.7
15.5
5.0
7.2
12.1
13.7
6.3
9.1
15.3
17.4
7.0
10.2
17.2
19.4
* For shear loads acting towards an edge or where these minimum dimensions are not achievable, please use the simplified limit state design process to verify capacity.
** Recommended tightening torques are based on the use of A4 - 70 bolts compliant with IS0 3506.
Note: Confirm bolt capacity independently of tabulated values.
31.2
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
Ferrule length, L
(mm)
44
54
75
80
Effective depth, h
(mm)
29
37
52
57
Thread length, Lt
(mm)
20
25
32
38
Cross hole
to suit
R8
R8
Y12 / N12
Y12 / N12
Part No.
S/S
TCM10RSS
TCM12RSS
TCM16RSS
TCM20RSS
Numbers” table.
31.3
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
180
Stress area
threaded section, As
(mm2)
71.4
120.4
176.5
193.8
Stainless Steel
UTS, fu (MPa)
450
450
450
450
700
700
600
600
Section
modulus, Z
(mm3)
196.3
391.1
756.2
995.3
Cast-In Anchoring
31
TCM Ferrule
31.4
STEP 1
25
Notes:
~ Shear limited by ferrule capacity.
~ f'c = 20 MPa
20
15
M20
10
M16
5
M12
M10
0
0
10
30
20
40
Anchor size, db
am, em
M10
30
M12
40
M16
50
M20
60
Checkpoint
1
181
31
Cast-In Anchoring
TCM Ferrule
STEP 2
Table 2a Reduced characteristic ultimate concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc (kN), Øc = 0.6
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
29
37
52
57
6.3
7.2
8.0
9.1
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.3
9.2
10.3
11.5
13.1
11.5
12.9
14.4
16.3
15.6
17.5
19.5
22.1
19.5
21.8
24.4
27.6
17.6
19.7
22.1
25.0
22.0
24.7
27.6
31.3
Unreinforced
Ferrule
Reinforced
Ferrule
Concrete
compressive
strength
(MPa)
Concrete
compressive
strength
(MPa)
15
20
25
32
15
20
25
32
Xnc = 1.0 as concrete compressive strength effect included in table 2a.
Ferrule size, db (mm)
M10
M12
M16
M20
0.78
0.86
0.94
1.00
0.68
0.74
0.80
0.87
1.00
0.57
0.61
0.66
0.70
0.79
0.88
1.00
0.55
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.91
1.00
M16
M20
30
35
40
45
55
65
75
85
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
182
0.67
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.96
1
0.68
0.73
0.77
0.86
0.95
1
0.66
0.69
0.75
0.82
0.88
0.94
1
0.68
0.73
0.79
0.85
0.91
0.97
1
Cast-In Anchoring
31
TCM Ferrule
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
Checkpoint
2
0.34
0.46
0.57
0.69
0.92
1
0.36
0.45
0.54
0.72
0.90
1
0.32
0.38
0.51
0.63
0.76
0.89
1
0.35
0.47
0.58
0.70
0.82
0.94
1
STEP 3
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
316 Stainless Steel
32.1
54.2
79.4
87.2
Checkpoint
3
Check N*
/ ØNur ≤ 1,
183
31
Cast-In Anchoring
TCM Ferrule
STEP 4
Ferrule size, db
M10
M12
M16
M20
30
35
40
50
60
70
100
200
300
400
500
600
2.6
3.2
4.0
5.5
7.3
9.1
15.6
44.1
81.1
3.6
4.3
6.1
8.0
10.1
17.2
48.6
89.2
137.4
6.9
9.1
11.4
19.5
55.2
101.4
156.1
218.1
9.7
12.2
20.9
59.0
108.4
167.0
233.3
306.7
f’c (MPa)
Xvc
15
0.87
20
1.00
25
1.12
32
1.26
Angle, α°
Xvd
0
1.00
10
1.04
20
1.16
30
1.32
40
1.50
50
1.66
60
1.80
70
1.91
80
1.98
90 - 180
2.00
30
35
40
50
60
70
100
200
0.70
073
0.77
0.83
0.90
0.97
1.00
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.79
0.84
0.90
1.00
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
1.00
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.90
1.00
0.60
0.62
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.83
1.00
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.79
1.00
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.70
0.90
1.00
0.53
0.54
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
300
400
500
600
30
35
40
50
60
70
100
200
300
400
500
625
750
875
1000
1250
1500
184
0.52
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.83
0.92
1.00
0.53
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.81
0.88
0.94
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.58
0.62
0.66
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
1.00
0.52
0.53
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.92
1.00
Cast-In Anchoring
31
TCM Ferrule
Anchor spacing /
0.20
0.40
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.25
2.50
1.00
0.72
0.57
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.23
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.57
0.52
0.48
0.46
0.44
0.42
0.37
0.35
1.00
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.59
0.56
0.54
0.52
0.51
0.47
0.45
1.00
0.83
0.74
0.69
0.66
0.63
0.61
0.60
0.59
0.55
0.54
1.00
0.86
0.79
0.74
0.71
0.69
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.63
0.61
1.00
0.88
0.82
0.79
0.77
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.70
0.68
1.00
0.91
0.86
0.83
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
1.00
0.93
0.89
0.87
0.85
0.84
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
1.00
0.95
0.92
0.90
0.89
0.88
0.88
0.87
0.87
0.86
0.85
1.00
0.96
0.94
0.93
0.93
0.92
0.92
0.91
0.91
0.90
0.90
1.00
0.98
0.97
0.97
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.95
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
20
Checkpoint
4
STEP 5
(i) ØVusc Reduced characteristic ultimate combined concrete/steel shear capacity
Ferrule size, db
316 Stainless steel
M10
10.3
M12
16.5
M16
29.3
M20
36.9
(ii) Xvsc Concrete compressive strength effect, combined concrete/steel shear
f’c (MPa)
Xvsc
15
0.91
20
1.00
25
1.08
32
1.17
ØVus = ØVusc * Xvsc
Checkpoint
5
Check V*
/ ØVur ≤ 1,
185
31
Cast-In Anchoring
TCM Ferrule
STEP 6
Checkpoint
6
Check
Specify
Ramset™ TCM Ferrule, (Ferrule Size)
((Part Number)) with a (Bolt Grade) bolt.
Example
™
Ramset TCM Ferrule, M16 (TCM16RSS)
with a Gr. 4.6 bolt.
™
186
Cast-In Anchoring Notes
187
CAST-IN
LIFTING
OVERVIEW
Since 1988, Ramset™ have been manufacturing and
supplying solution driven systems for the purpose of safely
lifting precast concrete units.
Careful selection of product raw materials and tight
manufacturing tolerences ensures that reliable, consistent
performance is available from our load bearing components.
The Ramset™ Concrete Lifting System provides the same high
level of product quality, expertise and service to the tilt panel
and precast concrete industry that other segments of the
construction industry have come to expect from Ramset™.
Product is manufactured in accordance with our accreditation
to and with the requirements of the AS/NZS ISO 9001:2000
Quality Management Systems standard.
Versatile
Tested
™
Ramset Concrete Lifting Systems are optimised for use with
a wide range of standard precast sections, from wall panels to
bridge beams, columns to culverts.
Quick
The Ramset™ Concrete Lifting Systems are designed for
speedy coupling/uncoupling of the lifting clutches from the
lifting anchors, thus eliminating costly delays during the lifting
process.
Safe
Safety is not a luxury with the Ramset™ Concrete Lifting
Systems. Each part of the system is intended to compliment
the other. Multiple levels of safety redundancy are available
when the system is used correctly.
188
Quality
Significant test programs are conducted to verify product
integrity under a wide range of conditions and rigorous
statistical analysis ensuring that published capacity data is
representative of the true spread of results achieved in testing
and the expected variability within the total product population.
Expertise
With specialist Sales Engineers located in all the major capital
cities, Ramset™ have an unparalleled commitment to the
Concrete Lifting Industry, each Engineer having an intimate
understanding of local requirements. Design assistance is
available from our Engineers in order to help fully realise the
benefits inherent in the Ramset™ Concrete Lifting Systems.
32
LIFTING
TECHNOLOGY
32.1
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The information presented in this section will
prove a useful tool to all involved in the
production of precast concrete elements,
however it must be recognised that the capacity
information is intended for use by suitably
experienced and/or qualified persons only.
Load cases can involve complex calculations
and require a number of separate design
checks to be carried out to fully represent the
situation at hand.
Given the number of variables that determine
the validity of a particular systems suitability
for a given scenario, the information presented
will allow a design professional to fully
consider all aspects relevant to the derivation
of both the load case(s) and the capacity and
hence recommend a system solution.
The designer is encouraged to contact their
local Ramset™ specialist Sales Engineer if
additional information or advice is required.
The capacity obtained from load bearing
components will be influenced by the
concrete’s (tensile) strength, element
geometry, load direction and component
orientation within the element.
189
32
32.2
Lifting Technology
LIFTING ANCHORS
All lifting anchors produced by Ramset™ comply with the
requirements of AS3850 - 2003.
Lifting anchor capacities detailed herein are based on test
results achieved in plain (unreinforced) or nominally reinforced
(light central mesh) concrete.
This standard requires that:
~ components are produced from ductile materials.
~ a minimum Factor of Safety of 2.5 : 1 is achieved when the
product is used as instructed.
When loaded to their full design working load capacity, lifting
anchors may be used a maximum of 10 times.
Testing has confirmed that whilst structural reinforcement is
required to prevent substrate member or section failure, it will
have negligible influence on lifting anchor capacity apart from
offering additional ductility during overload events.
Component reinforcement as detailed herein must be
securely fixed to the lifting anchor to ensure intimate contact
between them.
If loaded to 60% of their design working load capacity, lifting
anchors are re-usable to the same extent as the lifting clutches.
Lifting anchors must not be re-worked in any way, i.e. welding,
cutting, bending etc., as this may seriously alter the anchors
structural integrity. If it is considered necessary to alter a
lifting anchor physically in any way, please contact your local
Ramset™ specialist Sales Engineer for appropriate advice.
32.3
LIFTING CLUTCHES
Ramset™ lifting clutches are a critical part of the load bearing
equipment involved in the lifting of concrete elements and
hence should be treated with appropriate care.
All Ramset™ lifting clutches are initially proof tested in
accordance with the requirements of AS3850 - 2003 and
there after must be proof tested at twelve monthly intervals to
ensure compliance with this standard.
Please contact your local Ramset™ specialist Sales Engineer
for advice regarding the testing of your clutches.
190
Ramset™ lifting clutches are designed to be operated by hand,
either directly or with the aid of a remote release line on
appropriate models, hence if excessive force is required to
operate any Ramset™ lifting clutch a fault condition is
indicated and the cause of the fault should be investigated.
Please contact your Ramset™ specialist Sales Engineer for
advice regarding the servicing of your lifting clutches.
Under no circumstances shall any modification be performed on
any lifting clutch unless written approval is obtained from
Ramset™.
Lifting Technology
32.4
SUBSTRATE SUITABILITY
It is recommended that a minimum concrete compressive
strength of 15 MPa is available at time of lift.
Concrete compressive strength is referenced as it is the most
widely available (and readily obtained) data for concrete mixes.
Curing rates are dependant on a number of factors, however it
should be recognised that mid winter curing will take longer
than during warmer months. In order to ensure adequate
concrete strength is available at time of lift, consider the use of
higher strength concrete, a modified high early strength
concrete, steam cure, prolonged curing time or a combination
of these methods.
The lifting anchor capacity data therefore is valid for normal
weight concretes having a tensile strength/compressive
strength relationship consistent with that of traditional
sand/cement/aggregate mixes, i.e. f’cf = 0.6 * Lf’c.
Whilst the capacity data refers to concrete compressive
strength, it should be recognised that lifting anchor capacity is
actually governed by the concrete’s tensile strength.
32.5
32
If the concrete being utilised varies from this relationship (for
example due to the addition of modifiers like fly ash), the
equivalent concrete compressive strength should be determined
after consultation with the concrete mix/admixture supplier.
This is especially important if it is believed that the modifiers
will delay or retard the generation of concrete tensile capacity.
REFERENCES
The following documents are referenced in this section and/or
represent valuable reading.
~ AS3850 - 2003 Australian Standard for Precast
Concrete Structures
~ AS3600 - 2001 Australian Standard for Concrete Structures
~ Relevant Codes of Practice typically issued by state based
Work Cover Authorities:
VIC – Victorian WorkCover Authority
www.workcover.vic.gov.au
~ AS4100 - 1998 Australian Standard for Steel Structures
~ Precast Concrete Handbook published by the National
Precast Concrete Association Australia (NPCAA),
www.npcaa.com.au
~ Various publications by the Cement and Concrete Association
of Australia (C & CAA), www.concrete.net.au
~ Australian Building Codes Board (BCA)
www.abcb.gov.au
TAS – Tasmanian Workplace Standards Authority
www.workcover.tas.gov.au
SA – WorkCover Corporation of South Australia
www.workcover.sa.gov.au
NT – NT WorkSafe
www.nt.gov.au/deet/worksafe/
WA – WorkCover Western Australia
www.workcover.wa.gov.au
NSW – WorkCover Authority of NSW
www.workcover.nsw.gov.au
ACT – ACT WorkCover
www.workcover.act.gov.au
191
32
32.6
Lifting Technology
LOAD CASE DETERMINATION
32.6.1 DETERMINATION OF ANCHOR FORCES
Sling Angle
Top Lift Anchor Load Formulae
For determining the anchor loads applied at the lifting points
when top lifting, apply the formula below, in which:
α
Greater of:
Li TOP = (W + H) * K
Pn
Angle
or
Li TOP = W * D * K
Pn
Li
= Load applied at each lifting point (t)
W
= Self weight of the unit (t)
H
= Demoulding suction of the unit (t)
D
= Dynamic loads expected due to handling co-efficient
K
= Angle at the peak of the slings co-efficient
Pn
= Number of lifting points accepting the load case
K =
1
COS α/2
The formulae are only valid when the loads are uniformly
distributed to all lifting points, Pn.
Multiplication factor K for the total load as a
function of the angle α
Angle, α°
K
0
1.00
30
1.04
60
1.16
90
1.42
120
2.00
When working with a lifting rig of four slings, the angle to be
considered is that formed by the slings on the diagonal.
Example
Edge Lift Anchor Load Formulae
For determination of edge lift forces on anchors during lift from
horizontal:
= 60° then K = 1.16
Greater of:
Li EDGE = (W + H) * K
2 * Pn
or
Li EDGE = W * D * K
2 * Pn
Example
The formulae are only valid when the anchors are located in
the edge of the panel and the panel is supported on the
opposite edge, about which rotation occurs.
= 0° then K = 1.00
Face Lift Anchor Load Design
Given the wide variations in lifting anchor configuration and
component geometry for face lifted panels, it is recommended
that design software or standard charts be utilised for
calculating lifting anchor forces.
192
Lifting Technology
32.6.2 DEMOULDING SUCTION FORCE
32
32.6.3 DYNAMIC LOADS DUE TO
HANDLING OF PRODUCT
Depends on two factors:
2
~ Surface area of the element in m contained within the
mould at commencement of lift.
~ The state of the mould surface.
Suction force to take into account
Multiplier,
H
Form Type
1.2
For a smooth oiled steel surface
1.3
1.5
For a timber surface varnished, oiled,
or rough steel
For a concrete to concrete separation
(bondbreaker)
Dynamic load factors should be considered separately to
suction forces, i.e. they are not additive.
Dynamic load factors
Handling Detail
Overhead Gantry Crane
Tower Crane
Mobile Crawler Crane
Mobile Tyre Crane
Over very rough ground
Factor ‘D’
1.2
1.2
1.7
2.0
2.5 to 3.0
Note: AS3850 - 2003 requires a minimum dynamic load factor
of 1.2 to be considered, regardless of handling detail.
Note: AS3850 - 2003 may impose additional requirements.
193
32
32.7
Lifting Technology
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
32.7.1 ABSOLUTE MINIMA
32.7.3 CRITICAL SPACING
Absolute minimum anchor spacings and edge distances, and
substrate minimum thickness for Ramset™ cast-in anchors are:
In a group of cast-in anchors loaded in tension, the spacing
at which the cone shaped zones of concrete failure just begin
to overlap at the surface of the concrete, is termed the
critical spacing.
Absolute
Absolute
minimum edge
minimum
distance, em
spacing, am
Edge Lift Anchor
1.0 h
2.0 h
Refer
to
capacity
information
Two Hole Anchor
section for values.
Face Lift Anchor
300 mm
300 mm
Pinhead Foot Anchor
1.0 h
1.0 h
Refer
to
capacity
information
Pinhead Eye Anchor
section for values.
Refer
to capacity information
Pinhead Combined Anchor
section for values.
Refer to capacity information
Spread Anchor
section for values.
Anchor Type
Anchors must not be installed where these minima
can not be achieved.
32.7.2 CRITICAL DIMENSIONS
Critical anchor spacings and edge distances for Ramset™
cast-in anchors are given for each anchor type and may be
found in the capacity information sections for each anchor.
Cone of Failure
a
a
a
Anchors
INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CONCRETE CONES
ac
= Specified for each anchor, see anchor type
where:
ac
= critical spacing
At the critical spacing, the capacity of one anchor is on the
point of being reduced by the zone of influence of the other
anchor. Ramset™ anchors placed at or greater than critical
spacings are able to develop their full tensile loads, as limited
by concrete cone or concrete bond capacity. Anchors at
spacings less than critical are subject to reduction in allowable
concrete tensile loads.
Working loads on anchors spaced between the critical and the
absolute minimum, are subject to a reduction factor "Xna", the
value of which depends upon the position of the anchor within
the row:
Nar = Xna * Na
where:
Nar = reduced ultimate tensile load concrete
ac
a
Cone of Failure
Anchors
ANCHORS IN A ROW
194
32
Lifting Technology
For anchors influenced by the cones of two other anchors, as a
result for example, of location internal to a row:
32.7.4 CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE
Xnai = a / ac ≤ 1
At the critical edge distance for anchors loaded in tension,
reduction in tensile loads just commences, due to interference
of the edge with the zone of influence of the anchor.
where:
The critical edge distance for cast-in anchor is taken as:
Xnai = spacing reduction factor for an anchor internal to row
a
= actual spacing (mm)
ec
= Specified for each anchor, see anchor type
where:
Unequal distances ("a1" and "a2", both < ac) from two
adjacent anchors, are averaged for an anchor internal to a row:
ec
= critical edge distance
Xnai = 0.5 (a1 + a2) / ac
ec
Anchor
If the anchors are at the ends of a row, each influenced by the
cone of only one other anchor:
2*ec
Cone of Failure
Xnae = 0.5 (1 + a / ac) ≤ 1
where:
Xnae = spacing reduction factor for an anchor at end of row
INTERFERENCE OF EDGE WITH CONCRETE CONES
If the edge lies between the critical and the absolute minimum
distance from the anchor, the concrete tensile load reduction
coefficient "Xe", is obtained from the following formula:
Xe
= 0.3 + 0.7 * e / ec
≤
1
where:
Xe
= edge reduction factor tension
Critical edge distances define critical zones for the placement of
anchors with respect to an edge. The critical edge zone has a
width equal to the critical edge distance. The concrete tensile
strengths of anchors falling within the critical zone are
reduced. For clarity, the figure includes the prohibited zone as
well as the critical zone.
em
Concrete edge
ec
Free zone
Critical zone
Prohibited zone
CRITICAL EDGE ZONE
195
33
SYSTEMS FOR
YARD CAST
WALL PANELS
OVERVIEW
The modern precast wall panel is produced in a controlled
environment, allowing for rapid production rates and hence
accelerated delivery. The lifting systems used in these panels
must not only work effectively at low concrete strengths but
be designed to allow for speedy installation.
The Ramset™ Systems For Yard Cast Wall Panels are optimally
designed for the lifting and handling requirements of this
industry with efficiency and safety being the primary focus for
product design.
The significant investment made by precasters in the
production of yard cast wall panels should be recognised
when systems are being selected.
The Ramset™ Systems For Yard Cast Wall Panels are a logical
partner in the production process and reflect our commitment
to your investment.
196
Cast-In Lifting
Yard Cast
33.1
33
APPLICATIONS
33.1.1 EDGE LIFT APPLICATIONS
Scenario:
Tilting panel from casting table to vertical.
Attributes:
~ Low concrete strength.
~ Suction.
~ Shear loaded lifting anchors.
~ Load towards edge of concrete.
~ Rotation of panel out of plane.
Solution:
Ramset™ Edge Lift System
Scenario:
Casting table to rack/rack to truck.
Attributes:
~ Braking forces of crane – dynamic loads.
~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors.
~ Translation of panel.
Solution:
Scenario:
Removal from truck/placement onto site.
Attributes:
~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors (in plane of panel).
~ In plane rotation of panel.
~ Load transfer between sets of lifting anchors.
Solution:
Shear bar reinforcement must be placed above the lifting anchor,
preventing pull out of the lifting anchor towards the free edge.
If there is a risk that the panel will be placed top side down at some
stage prior to its erection in the structure, an additional shear bar
should be placed on the other side of the lifting anchor.
197
33
33.2
Cast-In Lifting
Yard Cast
INSTALLATION
Support Plate Void Former
Lifting Clutch
Edge Lift Anchor
Shear Bar
Sideform
33.3
ANCHOR TYPES
33.3.1 EDGE LIFT ANCHORS
33.3.2 TWO HOLE ANCHORS
Complete unit which requires shear bar to be fitted.
Compact alternative to Edge Lift anchors that require both
tensile and shear reinforcement bars to develop capacity.
Convenient:
Versatile:
~ Design allows panel central mesh to nest within anchor body.
~ Anchor and clutch interaction prevents spalling of panel edge.
~ Design allows use in narrow sections.
~ Tensile reinforcement can be ‘V’ or ‘U’ shaped to suit
concrete element.
~ Central hole accepts perimeter bar.
198
Cast-In Lifting
Yard Cast
33.4
33
LIFTING ANCHOR REINFORCEMENT DETAIL
33.4.1 SHEAR BAR REINFORCEMENT FOR
EDGE LIFT AND TWO HOLE ANCHORS
33.4.2 TENSILE REINFORCEMENT FOR
TWO HOLE ANCHORS
Deformed Bar
Deformed Bar
Two Hole Anchor tensile reinforcement
Anchor
Tensile
Total length of tensile reinforcing bar
load range reinforcing (m) at concrete compressive strength
(t)
bar size
15 MPa
20 MPa
32 MPa
2.5
N12
1.1
0.7
0.6
5
N16
1.6
1.1
0.9
10
N20
2.0
1.4
1.1
When the anchor is located close to an edge to which it is
loaded, a shear bar must be fitted in order to resist tear out
of the anchor from the concrete.
Shear bars should be configured as per table below.
Anchor
load range
(t)
2.5
5
10
Shear
reinforcement
bar size
N12
N16
N20
Minimum a
(mm)
Minimum b
(mm)
200
250
300
85
115
150
Note: Height of shear bar (b) is such that it covers the top of
the anchor and the rebar is developed below the
underside of the anchor. All bends must be to
reinforcement bar suppliers requirements, generally no
tighter than around a 4d pin.
199
33
33.5
Cast-In Lifting
Yard Cast
CAPACITY INFORMATION
33.5.1 EDGE LIFT ANCHOR CAPACITY
Anchor
load range
(t)
2.5
5
10
Anchor length, L /
Effective depth, h
(mm)
275
370
400
Anchor
plate thickness
(mm)
10
16
20
Minimum
panel thickness
(mm)
100
150
200*
Shear reinforcing
bar size
(Refer table 33.4.1)
N12
N16
N20
* For use in 175 mm thick panel, additional tensile reinforcement is required as per table 33.4.2.
Anchor
load range
(t)
2.5
5
10
Critical
edge distance, ec
(mm)
400
500
1000
Critical
spacing, ac
(mm)
800
1000
2000
Working Load Limit (t),
concrete compressive strength, f’c ≥ 15 MPa
Shear
Tension
1.25
2.5
2.5
5.0
5.0
10.0
33.5.2 TWO HOLE ANCHOR CAPACITY
Anchor
load range
(t)
5
10
Anchor length, L
(mm)
Anchor plate
thickness
(mm)
16
20
100
180
Anchor load range
(t)
5
10
200
em, ec
am, ac
Anchor
load range
(t)
5
10
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
260
130
320
160
Minimum
panel thickness
(mm)
150
175
Shear reinforcing
bar size
(Refer table 33.4.1)
N16
N20
Required
tensile
reinforcing bar
as per 33.4.2
as per 33.4.2
Working Load Limit (t), concrete compressive strength f’c ≥ 15 MPa
Shear
Tension
2.5
5.0
5.0
10.0
Critical dimensions
ac
320
400
ec
160
200
em, ec
am, ac
Anchor
load range
(t)
5
10
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
130
65
150
75
Critical dimensions
ac
150
170
ec
75
85
Cast-In Lifting
Yard Cast
33.6
Description
33.7
33
2.5 tonne
Edge Lift Anchor
EL025275
Two Hole Anchor
Void Former
Support Plate
Lifting Clutch
Shear Bar
–
VFP025RH
SPP025
RCP025
Refer to table 33.4.1
Anchor load range
5 tonne
EL050370 (Tear Drop)
EL050340 (Punched Hole)
RTA050
VFP050RH
SPP050
RCE050
SB150Y16
10 tonne
EL100400
RTA100
VFP100RH
SPP100
RCP100
Refer to table 33.4.1
SPECIFICATION
EDGE LIFT ANCHORS
Specify
Ramset™ (Anchor Load Range)
Edge Lift Anchor
(Part Number)
Example
Ramset™ 5 tonne Edge Lift Anchor
EL050370
TWO HOLE ANCHORS
Specify
Ramset™ (Anchor Load Range)
Two Hole Anchor
(Part Number)
Reinforced as per Ramset™ recommendations.
Example
Ramset™ 10 tonne Two Hole Anchor
RTA100
Reinforced as per Ramset™ recommendations.
To order accessories, refer to the Concrete Lifting Systems
section of the Ramset™ Product Guide.
201
34
SYSTEMS FOR
SITE CAST
WALL PANELS
OVERVIEW
Site casting of wall panels is a convenient solution for low
rise structures where adequate site space is available for the
production of panels.
Casting panels in an exposed environment however requires
that all equipment used is capable of surviving the often
punishing conditions presented, it is with this in mind that the
Ramset™ Systems For Site Cast Wall Panels have been
designed.
Ramset™ Systems For Site Cast Wall Panels are simple to
place and use and are tolerant of the conditions inherent with
site casting, helping to protect the project timeline and thus
offer benefits far in excess of the initial component cost outlay.
202
Cast-In Lifting
Site Cast
34.1
34
APPLICATIONS
34.1.1 FACE LIFT APPLICATIONS
Scenario:
Tilting panel from casting bed.
Attributes:
~ Suction.
~ Concrete strength.
~ Out of plane rotation of panel.
~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors.
~ Element will hang out of plumb.
~ Centre of gravity dictates off plumb angle.
~ Braking forces of crane – dynamic loads.
Solution:
Ramset™ Face Lift System.
Careful attention should be paid to the orientation of the face lift
anchors in the panel. Arrow markings on the face lift anchors shows
the correct orientation of the anchor with respect to the top and
bottom of the panel.
If it is found that the anchors are placed incorrectly, i.e. the arrow
markings point to left and right rather than to top and bottom,
advice should be sought from your local Ramset™ specialist Sales
Engineer prior to lifting.
34.2
INSTALLATION
Lifting Clutch
Void Former
Arrow markings must point to top and bottom of panel.
Face Lift Anchor with Bar Clip
Mesh
2 x N12 x 300 mm cross bars required
for 125 mm to 150 mm thick panels.
Note: Orientation of anchor must be correct.
203
34
34.3
Cast-In Lifting
Site Cast
ANCHOR TYPES
34.3.1 FACE LIFT ANCHOR
Convenient:
Sizes available to suit panel thicknesses of:
~ Bar clip floats with mesh to prevent anchor movement
when trafficked.
~ 125 mm
~ 130 mm
~ 150 mm
~ 170 mm
~ 175 mm
~ 180 mm
~ 200 mm
Durable:
~ Zinc Plated Steel Insert for economical interior protection.
~ Steel Insert is Grade 350 steel in accordance with
AS3678 - 1996.
~ Engineered plastic base prevents rusting.
~ Strong, stable design withstands trafficking.
Efficient:
~ Upright “fingers” ensure rapid location of anchors in cast panel.
~ Void former designed for simple removal, speeding the
erection process.
34.4
34.4.1 FACE LIFT ANCHOR CAPACITY
Anchor
Panel
Effective
Critical
load range thickness / anchor depth, edge distance,
(t)
Anchor length,
h
ec
L (mm)
(mm)
(mm)
125*
78
250
130*
83
250
150*
103
350
5
170
123
400
175
128
400
180
133
400
200
153
400
Critical
spacing,
ac
(mm)
500
500
700
800
800
800
800
Working Load Limit (t)
at concrete compressive strength
15 MPa
20 MPa
25 MPa
40 MPa
3.0
3.1
3.4
4.3
4.6
4.8
3.4
3.5
3.9
4.8
3.8
3.9
4.4
4.3
4.4
4.9
* 2 x N12 x 300 mm cross bars required for 125 to 150 mm panels.
Note: Minimum edge distance to top of panel from the top positioned anchors in a face lift situation should be 2 * ec.
204
5.0
Cast-In Lifting
Site Cast
34.5
34
Description
125 mm
5 Tonne Face Lift Anchor
with Bar Clip
Lifting Clutch
130 mm
Panel thickness / Anchor length, L (mm)
150 mm
170 mm
175 mm
FL050125B* FL050130B* FL050150B*
FL050170B
FL050175B
180 mm
200 mm
FL050180B
FL050200B
FLTC050
* 2 x N12 x 300 mm cross bars required for 125 to 150 mm panels.
34.6
SPECIFICATION
FACE LIFT ANCHORS
Specify
Ramset™ Face Lift Anchor
FL050
(Panel Thickness/Anchor Height, mm)
Example
Ramset™ Face Lift Anchor
FL050150
205
35
SYSTEMS FOR
COMPONENT
PRECAST
OVERVIEW
The production of precast components offers a unique
challenge for the precaster.
Components can vary greatly in both size and shape and it is
therefore important that the systems utilised are ‘scalable’ to
handle these variations and yet still offer a consistent
installation method.
The Ramset™ Systems For Component Precast meet this
requirement and additionally represent one of the simplest
solutions for the production of pipes, pits, lids, culvert
sections, stairs, plats, columns and beams.
206
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35.1
35
APPLICATIONS
35.1.1 PINHEAD APPLICATIONS
Scenario:
Lifting of item from casting location/removal to stack location.
Attributes:
~ Even load distribution ensured by sling configuration.
~ Suction.
~ Concrete strength.
~ Tensile loaded lifting anchors (in plane of component).
~ Transitional movement of component (no out of plane forces).
Solution:
Ramset™ Pinhead System.
Scenario:
Fixed sling lifting of item.
Attributes:
~ Non preferred method.
~ Suction.
~ Cannot guarantee load distribution to 4 legs of sling,
i.e. must design for load to 2 legs only.
~ Shear load component acting on lifting anchors towards
unrestrained free edge of component.
~ Requires additional restraining reinforcement.
Solution:
Ramset™ Pinhead System.
Applications continued on next page.
207
35
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
Scenario:
Inverting a component.
Attributes:
~ Complex load cases.
~ Internal formwork.
~ Suction.
~ In plane rotation.
~ Multiple handling required.
Solution:
Ramset™ Spread Anchor System.
Where possible, lifting anchors and rigging should be
configured to ensure that shear loads toward edges are
minimised or eliminated as they will require additional
restraining reinforcement detail and will have less capacity
than for lifting anchors loaded in tension.
This can be achieved through the use of spreader bars and
careful consideration of load case/rigging orientation.
208
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35.2
35
INSTALLATION
35.2.1 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHOR SYSTEM
Pinhead
Lifting Clutch
35.2.2 PINHEAD EYE ANCHOR SYSTEM
Pinhead
Lifting Clutch
Pinhead
Void Former
Pinhead Void Former
Pinhead
Foot Anchor
Pinhead Eye Anchor
Tension Bar
35.2.3 SPREAD ANCHOR SYSTEM
Lifting Clutch
Support Plate
Void Former
Spread Anchor
Tension Bar
209
35
35.3
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
ANCHOR TYPES
35.3.1 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHORS
35.3.3 PINHEAD COMBINED ANCHORS
Economical:
Reliable:
~ Simple design provides cost effective lifting of large sections.
~ Added reliability of foot in combination with component
reinforcement.
~ Easy verification of anchor, as load range and length is
visible when cast.
Identifiable:
Identifiable:
visible when cast.
35.3.2 PINHEAD EYE ANCHORS
35.3.4 SPREAD ANCHORS
Versatile:
Versatile:
~ Design allows use in thin or congested sections.
Identifiable:
~ Design provides section rotation capability.
~ Design allows use in thin or congested sections.
visible when cast.
210
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35.4
35
LIFTING ANCHOR REINFORCEMENT DETAIL
PINHEAD EYE ANCHORS AND
COMBINED ANCHORS
SPREAD ANCHORS
Deformed Bar
(‘V‘ shaped bar of equivalent length
is acceptable.)
Deformed Bar
(‘V‘ shaped bar of equivalent length
is acceptable.)
The eye anchor may only be used with its component
reinforcement according to the table below.
Comply with the radius of curvature given by the
reinforcement manufacturer.
The spread anchor may only be used with its component
reinforcement according to the table below.
Comply with the radius of curvature given by the
reinforcement manufacturer.
Spread Anchor tensile reinforcement
Pinhead Eye Anchor and Combined Anchor
tensile reinforcement
Anchor
Tensile
(t)
bar size
15 MPa
20 MPa
32 MPa
1.3
R8*
0.7
0.6
0.5
2.5
R10*
1.1
0.7
0.6
5
N16
1.6
1.1
0.9
10
N20
2.0
1.4
1.1
20
N32
3.0
2.0
1.7
Anchor
Tensile
(t)
bar size
15 MPa
20 MPa
32 MPa
2.5
R10*
1.1
0.7
0.6
5
N16
1.6
1.1
0.9
* Hook ends required for round bar
reinforcement.
30°
* Hook ends required for round bar
reinforcement.
Note: Combined Anchors available in
1.3, 2.5 and 5 tonne load range
only.
30°
211
35
35.5
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35.5.1 PINHEAD FOOT ANCHOR WORKING LOAD LIMIT
TENSILE CAPACITY
˘≥ 3h
~ Single anchor uninfluenced by edge distance or anchor
spacing effects, minimum anchor spacing = 6 * h,
minimum anchor edge distance = 3 * h
h
~ Capacity information complies with the requirements
of AS3850 - 2003.
212
Anchor
load range
(t)
Anchor
length, L
(mm)
Critical edge
distance, ec
(mm)
Critical
spacing, ac
(mm)
1.3
35
55
65
85
120
105
165
195
255
360
2.5
85
120
170
15 MPa
20 MPa
25 MPa
32 MPa
210
330
390
510
720
0.36
0.88
1.24
0.43
1.05
0.49
1.20
0.56
255
360
510
510
720
1020
2.11
285
360
540
720
570
720
1080
1440
2.64
4.21
3.59
4.16
5
95
120
180
240
10
170
340
510
1020
1020
2040
8.45
20
500
1500
3000
1.30
2.50
3.14
5.00
10.00
20.00
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35
FACTORED TENSILE CAPACITY, EDGE DISTANCE EFFECT
˘< 3h
~ Single anchor influenced by one edge,
minimum anchor spacing = 6 * h,
anchor edge distance > 1 * h, < 3 * h
h
of AS3850 - 2003.
Anchor load
range (t)
Anchor length, L
(mm)
35
55
1.3
65
85
120
85
2.5
120
170
95
120
5
180
240
170
10
340
20
500
Edge distance, e
(mm)
15 MPa
20 MPa
25 MPa
32 MPa
35
70
55
110
65
130
85
170
120
240
0.19
0.27
0.47
0.68
0.66
0.95
1.13
0.23
0.33
0.56
0.81
0.78
1.13
0.26
0.37
0.64
0.92
0.90
1.29
0.30
0.43
0.74
1.07
1.04
85
170
120
240
170
340
1.13
1.62
2.25
1.53
2.20
1.78
95
190
120
240
180
360
240
480
1.41
2.02
2.25
3.23
1.92
2.75
3.06
4.39
2.22
3.19
3.54
170
340
340
680
4.51
6.48
6.13
8.82
7.10
500
1000
1.30
1.34
1.93
2.50
1.67
2.41
2.67
3.84
5.00
5.36
7.71
10.00
20.00
213
35
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
FACTORED TENSILE CAPACITY, ANCHOR SPACING EFFECT
< 6h
~ Single anchor influenced by single adjacent anchor spacing,
minimum anchor edge distance = 3 * h,
anchor spacing > 1 * h, < 6 * h
h
of AS3850 - 2003.
Anchor load
range (t)
Anchor length, L Anchor spacing, a
(mm)
(mm)
35
55
1.3
65
85
120
85
2.5
120
170
95
120
5
180
240
170
10
340
20
214
500
15 MPa
20 MPa
25 MPa
32 MPa
35
70
55
110
65
130
85
170
120
240
0.21
0.24
0.52
0.59
0.72
0.82
1.23
0.25
0.28
0.61
0.70
0.86
0.98
0.28
0.33
0.70
0.80
0.98
1.12
0.33
0.38
0.81
0.93
1.14
85
170
120
240
170
340
1.23
1.41
2.46
1.68
1.92
1.94
2.22
95
190
120
240
180
360
240
480
1.54
1.76
2.46
2.81
2.10
2.39
3.34
3.82
2.43
2.77
3.87
4.42
170
340
340
680
4.93
5.64
6.71
7.67
7.77
8.88
500
1000
1.30
1.47
1.68
2.50
1.83
2.09
2.92
3.34
5.00
5.86
6.70
10.00
20.00
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35
FACTORED TENSILE CAPACITY, TWO EDGE DISTANCES EFFECT
~ Single anchor influenced by two edges,
minimum anchor spacing = 6 * h,
anchor edge distance > 1 * h, < 3 * h
Anchor centrally located between edges.
Panel
Thickness
h
of AS3850 - 2003.
Anchor load
range (t)
Anchor length, L Panel thickness
(mm)
(mm)
35
55
1.3
65
85
120
85
2.5
120
170
95
120
5
180
240
170
10
340
20
500
15 MPa
20 MPa
25 MPa
32 MPa
70
140
110
220
130
260
170
340
240
480
0.19
0.38
0.46
0.93
0.65
1.29
1.11
0.22
0.45
0.55
1.10
0.77
0.26
0.51
0.63
1.26
0.88
0.30
0.59
0.73
1.30
1.02
170
340
240
480
340
680
1.11
2.21
2.20
1.51
1.74
190
380
240
480
360
720
480
960
1.38
2.76
2.20
4.41
4.96
1.88
3.76
3.00
2.18
4.35
3.47
340
680
680
1360
4.43
8.85
6.02
6.97
1000
2000
1.30
1.32
2.50
1.64
3.29
2.62
5.00
5.26
10.00
20.00
215
35
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35.5.5 PINHEAD EYE ANCHOR WORKING
LOAD LIMIT TENSILE CAPACITY
35.5.6 PINHEAD COMBINED ANCHOR WORKING
LOAD LIMIT TENSILE CAPACITY
~ Component tensile reinforcement must be used in
accordance with table 35.4.1 for all eye anchors.
accordance with table 35.4.1 for all combined anchors.
of AS3850 - 2003.
of AS3850 - 2003.
Anchor load range
(t)
1.3
2.5
5
10
20
32
Anchor length, L
(mm)
65
90
120
180
250
300
Tensile capacity (t)
at f’c ≥ 15 MPa
1.3
2.5
5
10
20
32
Anchor load range
(t)
1.3
2.5
5
Anchor length, L
(mm)
50
65
80
at f’c ≥ 15 MPa
1.3
2.5
5
Note: Component tensile reinforcment must be used in accordance
with table 35.4.1 for all combined anchors.
em, ec
am, ac
Anchor
load range
(t)
1.3
2.5
5
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
130
65
160
80
260
130
em, ec
am, ac
Anchor
load range
(t)
1.3
2.5
5
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
70
35
80
40
130
65
with table 35.4.1 for all eye anchors.
em, ec
Anchor
load range
(t)
1.3
2.5
5
10
20
32
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
130
65
160
80
260
130
320
160
520
260
640
320
em, ec
am, ac
Anchor
load range
(t)
1.3
2.5
5
10
20
32
216
am, ac
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
70
35
80
40
130
65
150
75
260
130
320
160
Critical dimensions
ac
160
200
320
400
640
800
ec
80
100
160
200
320
400
Critical dimensions
ac
80
100
150
170
320
400
ec
40
50
75
85
160
200
Critical dimensions
ac
160
200
320
ec
80
100
160
Critical dimensions
ac
80
100
150
ec
40
50
75
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35
35.5.7 SPREAD ANCHOR WORKING LOAD
LIMIT TENSILE CAPACITY
accordance with table 35.4.2 for all spread anchors.
of AS3850 - 2003.
Anchor load range
(t)
2.5
5
Anchor length, L
(mm)
150
190
at f’c ≥ 15 MPa
2.5
5
with table 35.4.2 for all combined anchors.
em, ec
am, ac
Anchor
load range
(t)
2.5
5
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
160
80
260
130
em, ec
am, ac
Anchor
load range
(t)
2.5
5
Absolute minimum
dimensions
am
em
80
40
130
65
Critical dimensions
ac
200
320
ec
100
160
Critical dimensions
ac
100
150
ec
50
75
217
35
35.6
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
PINHEAD ANCHORS
Anchor length, L
(mm)
35
55
65
85
95
Pinhead Foot Anchor
120
170
180
240
340
500
65
90
120
Pinhead Eye Anchor
180
250
300
50
Pinhead Combined Anchor
65
80
Pinhead Clutch
–
Pinhead Void Former
–
Description
1.3 tonne
RAF013035
RAF013055
RAF013065
RAF013085
RAF013120
Nominal Tensile Working Load Limit Rating
2.5 tonne
5 tonne
10 tonne
20 tonne
RAF025085
RAF025120
RAF025170
RAF050095
RAF050120
RAF100170
RAF050180
RAF050240
RAF100340
RAF200500
RAE013065
RAE025090
RAE050120
RAE100180
RAE200250
RAE320300
RAC013050
RAC025065
RCU013
VFU013RH
RCU025
VFU025RH
RAC050080
RCU050
VFU050RH
RCU100
VFU100RH
RCU200
VFU200RH
SPREAD ANCHORS
Description
Spread Anchor
Void Former
Support Plate
Lifting Clutch
218
Anchor length, L
(mm)
150
190
–
–
–
32 tonne
Nominal Tensile Working Load Limit Rating
2.5 tonne
5 tonne
RSA025150
RSA050190
VFP025RH
VFP050RH
SPP025
SPP050
RCP025
RCE050
RCU320
VFU320RH
Cast-In Lifting
Component Precast
35.7
35
SPECIFICATION
PINHEAD FOOT ANCHORS
PINHEAD COMBINED ANCHORS
Specify
Specify
Ramset™ Pinhead Foot Anchor
(Part Number)
Ramset™ Pinhead Combined Anchor
(Part Number)
Component reinforcement is required in accordance
with published Ramset™ technical literature.
Example
Ramset™ Pinhead Foot Anchor
RAF025120
Example
™
PINHEAD EYE ANCHORS
Ramset Pinhead Combined Anchor
RAC013050
Specify
Ramset™ Pinhead Eye Anchor
(Part Number)
SPREAD ANCHORS
Specify
Ramset™ Spread Anchor
(Part Number)
Example
Ramset™ Pinhead Eye Anchor
RAE050120
Example
Ramset™ Spread Anchor
RSA050190
219
ANCHORING RESOURCE BOOK DESIGN WORKSHEET
Project
Design
Location
Project ID
Date
Design by
Checked
Notes
Sketch
N* & V* are the per anchor load cases.
Check both external and internal anchors for suitability.
Tensile design action effect
N*
kN
Shear design action effect
V*
kN
Fixture thickness
t
mm
f’c
MPa
Anchor spacing
a
mm
Edge distance
e
mm
No. of anchors in row parallel to edge
n
Direction of shear load
STEP
1
degs.
Table 1a Interaction Diagram
Anchor Type
Find intersection of N* and V* values.
Select anchor size.
Table 1b Absolute minima, am & em
Check for compliance with absolute minima
Tick
Step 1c Calculate effective depth, h
Checkpoint
1
Anchor size selected?
Tick
Comply with absolute minima?
Tick
Effective depth, h calculated?
Tick
Notes for this application
STEP
2
Table 2a Concrete tensile capacity, ØNuc
Table 2b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xnc
x
Table 2c Edge distance effect, Xne
x
Table 2d Anchor spacing effect, external to a row, Xnae
x or
Table 2e Anchor spacing effect, internal to a row, Xnai
Checkpoint
2
Calculate ØNurc = ØNuc * Xnc * Xne * (Xnae or Xnai)
STEP
3
=
Table 3a Calculate steel tensile capacity, ØNus
Step 3b Confirm bolt tensile capacity, ØNtf
Checkpoint
3
ØNur = Minimum of ØNurc, ØNus, ØNtf
/
N* / ØNur ≤ 1.0 ?
=
Tick
If not satisfied return to step 1.
STEP
4
TENSILE DESIGN COMPLETED
Table 4a Concrete shear capacity, ØVuc
Table 4b Concrete compressive strength effect, Xvc
x
Table 4c Load direction effect, Xvd
x
Table 4d Anchor spacing effect, Xva
x
Table 4e Multiple anchors effect, Xvn
x
Checkpoint
4
Calculate ØVurc = ØVuc * Xvc * Xvd * Xva * Xvn
STEP
5
=
Table 5a Calculate steel shear capacity, ØVus
Step 5b Confirm bolt shear capacity, ØVsf
Checkpoint
5
ØVur = Minimum of ØVurc, ØVus, ØVsf
/
V* / ØVur ≤ 1.0 ?
=
Tick
STEP
6
Checkpoint
6
N* / ØNur + V* / ØVur ≤ 1.2 ?
Specify
SHEAR DESIGN COMPLETED
/
+
/
=
Tick
DESIGN CHECK COMPLETED
RESPONSE SHEET
Please complete the following details and fax this page back to your local Ramset™ Engineer:
VIC/TAS (03) 9427 0746 SA/NT (08) 8443 9170 WA (08) 9353 3150 NSW/ACT (02) 9748 3952 QLD (07) 3257 1792
Name
Position
Company Name
Address
Telephone
Facsimile
Email
Industry / Engineering Discipline
Number of Engineers in the Company
Comments on this Specifiers Resource Book
JD552
A
07/2003
Concrete Anchoring Concrete Lifting
Ramset™ Fasteners (Aust) Pty Limited
ABN 48 004 297 009
Head Office
296-298 Maroondah Highway
Mooroolbark Victoria Australia 3138
Tel: (03) 9726 6222
Fax: (03) 9762 8215
Web: www.ramset.com.au
© Copyright 2003
™ Trademark of ITW Inc.
JD552
A
07/2003
www.ramset.com.au

Specifiers Resource Book

Transcription

Similar documents